[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2020085631A1 - Wireless power transmission method and apparatus - Google Patents

Wireless power transmission method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020085631A1
WO2020085631A1 PCT/KR2019/010760 KR2019010760W WO2020085631A1 WO 2020085631 A1 WO2020085631 A1 WO 2020085631A1 KR 2019010760 W KR2019010760 W KR 2019010760W WO 2020085631 A1 WO2020085631 A1 WO 2020085631A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
power
wireless power
transmission
transmitter
loss
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/KR2019/010760
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
๋ฐฐ์ˆ˜ํ˜ธ
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
LG Innotek Co Ltd
Original Assignee
LG Innotek Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by LG Innotek Co Ltd filed Critical LG Innotek Co Ltd
Publication of WO2020085631A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020085631A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H02GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02JCIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS OR SYSTEMS FOR SUPPLYING OR DISTRIBUTING ELECTRIC POWER; SYSTEMS FOR STORING ELECTRIC ENERGY
    • H02J50/00Circuit arrangements or systems for wireless supply or distribution of electric power
    • H02J50/60Circuit arrangements or systems for wireless supply or distribution of electric power responsive to the presence of foreign objects, e.g. detection of living beings
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H02GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02JCIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS OR SYSTEMS FOR SUPPLYING OR DISTRIBUTING ELECTRIC POWER; SYSTEMS FOR STORING ELECTRIC ENERGY
    • H02J50/00Circuit arrangements or systems for wireless supply or distribution of electric power
    • H02J50/90Circuit arrangements or systems for wireless supply or distribution of electric power involving detection or optimisation of position, e.g. alignment

Definitions

  • the embodiment has an advantage of providing a method and apparatus for detecting a foreign object in a wireless power transmitter capable of more accurately detecting a foreign object by adaptively calculating power loss according to an alignment state of the transmitting and receiving coils.
  • the wireless charging system includes a wireless power transmitter 10 that wirelessly transmits power, a wireless power receiver 20 that receives the transmitted power, and an electronic device 30 that receives the received power. Can be configured.
  • the wireless power transmitter 10 may distribute and transmit power to a plurality of wireless power receivers in a time-division manner, but is not limited thereto.
  • the wireless power transmitter 10 may distribute and transmit power to a plurality of wireless power receivers using different frequency bands allocated for each wireless power receiver.
  • the transmitter according to another embodiment may determine the presence or absence of a foreign material disposed in the charging region based on the change in the peak frequency of the quality factor.
  • the transmitter may determine whether a foreign object exists by using both a foreign material detection method based on a quality factor peak frequency and a foreign material detection method based on a quality factor value.
  • the controller 610 may control to measure the voltage applied to the transmission coil of the antenna 630 by transmitting a predetermined control signal to the power sensor 650 after entering the power transmission step 460.
  • the wireless power transmitter 600 may demodulate through a demodulator 670 equipped with a signal amplitude-modulated by the wireless power receiver 800.
  • the DC / DC converter 1023 may convert the rectified DC power signal into a specific power required by the load 1026.
  • the transmission controller 1016 may determine that there is no foreign matter in the state in which the transmitting and receiving coils are aligned.
  • the wireless power transmitter may compare the second power loss P LOSS # 2 with the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD (S1480).
  • the wireless power transmitter may determine that a foreign material exists and enter the selection step 410 (S1495).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Charge And Discharge Circuits For Batteries Or The Like (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to a wireless power transmission method and an apparatus therefor. A wireless power transmission method of a wireless power transmitter according to an embodiment may comprise the steps of: identifying a wireless power receiver; transmitting power to the identified wireless power receiver; determining whether a foreign object exists during the power transmission; on the basis of a transmission coil voltage, determining whether a transmission coil and a reception coil are aligned with each other; and determining whether to transmit power, on the basis of a result of the determination on whether the foreign object exists, and a result of the determination on whether the transmission coil and the reception coil are aligned with each other. Therefore, the present invention provides an advantage in that a foreign object can be more precisely detected during power transmission.

Description

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• ๋ฐ ์žฅ์น˜Wireless power transmission method and apparatus

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ์„œ, ์ƒ์„ธํ•˜๊ฒŒ, ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์ค‘ ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์„ ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ •ํ™•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• ๋ฐ ์žฅ์น˜์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.The present invention relates to a wireless power transmission technology, and more particularly, to a wireless power transmission method and apparatus capable of more accurately detecting a foreign material disposed in a charging area during power transmission.

์ตœ๊ทผ ์ •๋ณด ํ†ต์‹  ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์ด ๊ธ‰์†๋„๋กœ ๋ฐœ์ „ํ•จ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ, ์ •๋ณด ํ†ต์‹  ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์„ ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ์œ ๋น„์ฟผํ„ฐ์Šค ์‚ฌํšŒ๊ฐ€ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.With the recent rapid development of information and communication technology, a ubiquitous society based on information and communication technology has been formed.

์–ธ์ œ ์–ด๋””์„œ๋‚˜ ์ •๋ณดํ†ต์‹  ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ๋“ค์ด ์ ‘์†๋˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ๋Š” ์‚ฌํšŒ ๋ชจ๋“  ์‹œ์„ค์— ํ†ต์‹  ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ปดํ“จํ„ฐ ์นฉ์„ ๋‚ด์žฅ์‹œํ‚จ ์„ผ์„œ๋“ค์ด ์„ค์น˜๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ์ด๋“ค ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ๋‚˜ ์„ผ์„œ์˜ ์ „์› ๊ณต๊ธ‰ ๋ฌธ์ œ๋Š” ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ๊ณผ์ œ๊ฐ€ ๋˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.In order to access information and communication devices anytime, anywhere, sensors in the computer chip with communication functions must be installed in all social facilities. Therefore, the problem of supplying power to these devices and sensors has become a new task.

๋˜ํ•œ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ ๋ฟ๋งŒ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ ํ…Œ๋ธ”๋ฆฟ PC, MP3 ํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์–ด ๋“ฑ์˜ ํœด๋Œ€๊ธฐ๊ธฐ ์ข…๋ฅ˜๊ฐ€ ๊ธ‰๊ฒฉํžˆ ๋Š˜์–ด๋‚˜๋ฉด์„œ ํœด๋Œ€์šฉ ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฐฐํ„ฐ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์ถฉ์ „ํ•˜๋Š” ์ž‘์—…์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž์—๊ฒŒ ์‹œ๊ฐ„๊ณผ ์ˆ˜๊ณ ๋ฅผ ์š”๊ตฌํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ๋ฌธ์ œ๋ฅผ ํ•ด๊ฒฐํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์ด ์ตœ๊ทผ ๋“ค์–ด ๊ด€์‹ฌ์„ ๋ฐ›๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, as the types of portable devices such as tablet PCs and MP3 players as well as smartphones rapidly increase, charging a battery of a portable device requires time and effort by the user. As a method of solving such a problem, wireless power transmission technology has recently received attention.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๊ธฐ์ˆ (wireless power transmission ๋˜๋Š” wireless energy transfer)์€ ์ž๊ธฐ์žฅ์˜ ์œ ๋„ ์›๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ฌด์„ ์œผ๋กœ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์—์„œ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „๊ธฐ ์—๋„ˆ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ˆ ๋กœ์„œ, ์ด๋ฏธ 1800๋…„๋Œ€์— ์ „์ž๊ธฐ์œ ๋„ ์›๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•œ ์ „๊ธฐ ๋ชจํ„ฐ๋‚˜ ๋ณ€์••๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๊ธฐ ์‹œ์ž‘ํ–ˆ๊ณ , ๊ทธ ํ›„๋กœ๋Š” ๊ณ ์ฃผํŒŒ, Microwave, ๋ ˆ์ด์ € ๋“ฑ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์€ ์ „์žํŒŒ๋ฅผ ๋ฐฉ์‚ฌํ•ด์„œ ์ „๊ธฐ์—๋„ˆ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•๋„ ์‹œ๋„๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ์šฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ํ”ํžˆ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ์ „๋™์นซ์†”์ด๋‚˜ ์ผ๋ถ€ ๋ฌด์„ ๋ฉด๋„๊ธฐ๋„ ์‹ค์ƒ์€ ์ „์ž๊ธฐ์œ ๋„ ์›๋ฆฌ๋กœ ์ถฉ์ „๋œ๋‹ค.Wireless power transmission technology (wireless power transmission or wireless energy transfer) is a technology that wirelessly transmits electric energy from a transmitter to a receiver using the induction principle of a magnetic field, and an electric motor or transformer using the electromagnetic induction principle was already used in the 1800s. Since then, a method of transmitting electrical energy by radiating electromagnetic waves such as radio waves, microwaves, and lasers has been attempted. The electric toothbrush, which is commonly used, and some wireless shavers are actually charged using the electromagnetic induction principle.

๋ฌด์„  ์ถฉ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅ ์˜์—ญ์— ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ์•„๋‹Œ ์ „๋„์ฒด-์ฆ‰, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ(FO:Foreign Object)-๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ถœ๋ ฅ๋œ ์ „์ž๊ธฐ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๊ฐ€ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์— ์œ ๋„๋˜์–ด ์˜จ๋„๊ฐ€ ์ƒ์Šนํ•˜๊ณ  ์ถฉ์ „ ํšจ์œจ์ด ๋–จ์–ด์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค๋ฉด, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์€ ๋™์ „, ํด๋ฆฝ, ํ•€, ๋ณผํŽœ ๋“ฑ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.When a non-wireless power receiver conducts a non-wireless power receiver, that is, a foreign object (FO), an electromagnetic signal output through the antenna of the wireless power transmitter is induced to the foreign material, causing a temperature increase and charging efficiency. Can fall. For example, the foreign material may include coins, clips, pins, ballpoint pens, and the like.

๋งŒ์•ฝ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์™€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ์‚ฌ์ด์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ถฉ์ „ ํšจ์œจ์ด ํ˜„์ €ํžˆ ๋–จ์–ด์งˆ ๋ฟ๋งŒ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์— ์˜ํ•ด ํก์ˆ˜๋œ ์ „๋ฅ˜๊ฐ€ ์ฃผ๋ณ€ ์˜จ๋„๋ฅผ ์ƒ์Šน์‹œ์ผœ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์™€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์˜จ๋„๋„ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ์ƒ์Šนํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋งŒ์•ฝ, ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์ œ๊ฑฐ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ „๋ ฅ ๋‚ญ๋น„๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๋ž˜ํ•  ๋ฟ๋งŒ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ ๊ณผ์—ด๋กœ ์ธํ•ด ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ๋ฐ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์†์ƒ์„ ์•ผ๊ธฐ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.If a foreign object is present between the wireless power receiver and the wireless power transmitter, not only the wireless charging efficiency is notably reduced, but the current absorbed by the foreign material increases the ambient temperature, and the temperature of the wireless power receiver and the wireless power transmitter also increases. You can. If the foreign matter located in the charging area is not removed, not only waste of power but also overheating may cause damage to the wireless power transmitter and the wireless power receiver.

์ข…๋ž˜์—๋Š”, ์ถฉ์ „ ์ค‘ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์—์„œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์„ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์ด ๊ฐœ์‹œ๋œ ๋ฐ” ์žˆ๋‹ค.Conventionally, a method for detecting a foreign substance based on power loss has been disclosed as a method for detecting a foreign substance in a wireless power transmitter during charging.

์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์—์„œ์˜ ์ „์†ก ์ „๋ ฅ๊ณผ ์‹ค์ œ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์—์„œ ์‹ค์ œ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์ฐจ์ด ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์ถ”์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ถ”์ •๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์ด๋‹ค. ๋งŒ์•ฝ ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์— ์˜ํ•œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ๋ฐœ์ƒ๋˜์–ด ์‹ค์ œ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์— ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ์€ ๊ฐ์†Œ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The method for detecting a foreign object based on power loss is a method of estimating power loss based on a difference value between a transmission power at a transmitter and a power actually received at a receiver, and determining whether a foreign object is present based on the estimated power loss. If a foreign material is disposed in the charging area, power loss due to the foreign material may be generated and power received by the actual receiver may be reduced.

์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋‹จ์ˆœํžˆ ์ถ”์ •๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ๊ธฐ์ค€์น˜์™€ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค.The conventional wireless power transmitter simply determines the presence of foreign matter by comparing the estimated power loss with a reference value.

ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์™€ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์€ ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์— ์˜ํ•œ ์ด์œ ๋ฟ๋งŒ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ๊ณผ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.However, the power loss between the transmitter and the receiver may be changed according to the alignment state of the transmitting coil and the receiving coil as well as the reason due to the foreign matter disposed in the charging area.

์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์— ์˜ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ธ์ง€ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ์— ์˜ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ธ์ง€๋ฅผ ๋ช…ํ™•ํžˆ ๊ตฌ๋ถ„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์—†๋Š” ๋ฌธ์ œ์ ์ด ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค.The conventional method for detecting a foreign object based on power loss has a problem in that it is not possible to clearly distinguish whether the power loss is due to a foreign material or an alignment state of the transmitting and receiving coils.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ์ถฉ์ „ ์ค‘ ์ •ํ™•ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ์ด ์–ด๋ ค์šด ๋‹จ์ ์ด ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค.Therefore, the conventional method for detecting foreign substances based on power loss has a disadvantage that it is difficult to accurately detect foreign substances during charging.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์€ ์ƒ์ˆ ํ•œ ์ข…๋ž˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์˜ ๋ฌธ์ œ์ ์„ ํ•ด๊ฒฐํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ๊ณ ์•ˆ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๋ชฉ์ ์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• ๋ฐ ๊ทธ๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•œ ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.The present invention has been devised to solve the problems of the prior art described above, and an object of the present invention is to provide a wireless power transmission method and an apparatus therefor.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๋ชฉ์ ์€ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ ์‘์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ •ํ™•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์„ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• ๋ฐ ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.Another object of the present invention is to provide a wireless power transmission method and apparatus capable of more accurately detecting foreign matter by adaptively calculating power loss according to an alignment state of a transmitting and receiving coil.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๋ชฉ์ ์€ ์ถฉ์ „ ์ค‘ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์›์ธ์„ ์ •ํ™•ํžˆ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ, ๋ถˆํ•„์š”ํ•œ ์ „๋ ฅ ๋‚ญ๋น„ ๋ฐ ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž ๋ถˆํŽธ์„ ์ตœ์†Œํ™”์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.Another object of the present invention is to provide a wireless power transmitter capable of accurately determining the cause of power loss during charging and minimizing unnecessary power waste and user inconvenience.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ๊ณ ์ž ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ๊ณผ์ œ๋“ค์€ ์ด์ƒ์—์„œ ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•œ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ๊ณผ์ œ๋“ค๋กœ ์ œํ•œ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ๊ณผ์ œ๋“ค์€ ์•„๋ž˜์˜ ๊ธฐ์žฌ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์ด ์†ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ˆ  ๋ถ„์•ผ์—์„œ ํ†ต์ƒ์˜ ์ง€์‹์„ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ž์—๊ฒŒ ๋ช…ํ™•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ดํ•ด๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์„ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.The technical problems to be achieved in the present invention are not limited to the technical problems mentioned above, and other technical problems that are not mentioned will be clearly understood by those skilled in the art from the following description. Will be able to.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• ๋ฐ ๊ทธ๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•œ ์žฅ์น˜๋“ค์„ ์ œ๊ณตํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The present invention can provide a wireless power transmission method and devices therefor.

์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์‹๋ณ„๋œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์ค‘ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ๊ณผ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ํŒ๋‹จ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ํŒ๋‹จ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmission method of the wireless power transmitter according to the embodiment includes the steps of identifying a wireless power receiver, transmitting power to the identified wireless power receiver, determining whether a foreign object is present in the power transmission, and transmitting coil voltage. Determining whether to align the transmitting coil and the receiving coil based on the result of determining whether the foreign substance is present, and determining whether to transmit power based on the determination result of whether the transmitting coil and the receiving coil are aligned. It can contain.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์ค‘ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜์™€ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋น„๊ต ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Here, the step of determining the presence of a foreign material during the power transmission includes calculating a power loss and comparing the calculated power loss with a power loss threshold and determining whether a foreign material is present based on the comparison result. It may include.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์ค‘๋‹จํ•œ ํ›„ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์œ ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, if it is determined that a foreign object exists, the power transmission may be stopped and the selection step may be entered, and if it is determined that the foreign material does not exist, the power transmission may be maintained.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ๋” ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ , ์ ์–ด๋„ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, the wireless power transmission method of the wireless power transmitter further includes measuring the transmission coil voltage, and the power loss can be calculated based on at least the transmission coil voltage.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••๊ณผ ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜๋ฅผ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ๋” ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, the wireless power transmission room of the wireless power transmitter further includes comparing the transmission coil voltage and the coil voltage threshold, and when the transmission coil voltage exceeds the coil voltage threshold, the transmission coil and the reception coil are aligned. If it is determined that the transmission coil voltage is less than or equal to the coil voltage threshold, it may be determined that the transmission coil and the reception coil are aligned.

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์‹๋ณ„๋œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์ค‘ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ๋ฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณด์ •๋œ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.A wireless power transmission method of a wireless power transmitter according to another embodiment includes the steps of identifying a wireless power receiver, transmitting power to the identified wireless power receiver, and measuring a first power loss and a transmission coil voltage during the power transmission. And calculating a corrected second power loss based on the first power loss and the transmission coil voltage.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„ ๋” ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, the wireless power transmission method of the wireless power transmitter may further include determining whether to transmit power based on the second power loss.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์ค‘๋‹จํ•œ ํ›„ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ ์ดํ•˜์ด๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์œ ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, when the second power loss exceeds the power loss threshold, it is determined that a foreign material exists, and then the power transmission is stopped, and then the selection step is entered. If the second power loss is less than or equal to the power loss threshold, the foreign material It is determined that this does not exist, and the power transmission can be maintained.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์˜ ๊ณ ๋ ค ์—†์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์ฐจ์ด๋กœ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Further, the first power loss may be calculated as a difference between the transmission power of the wireless power transmitter and the received power of the wireless power receiver without considering the transmission coil voltage.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์‹๋ณ„๋œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์ค‘ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ๊ธฐ์ค€ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์ด ๊ธฐ์ค€ ์ „์••์„ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ๋ณด์ •ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.A wireless power transmission method of a wireless power transmitter according to another embodiment of the present invention includes the steps of identifying a wireless power receiver, transmitting power to the identified wireless power receiver, and measuring a first power loss during the power transmission. And measuring a transmission coil voltage when the first power loss exceeds a reference power, and calculating a second power loss by correcting the first power loss when the transmission coil voltage exceeds a reference voltage. It may include the step of determining the presence of foreign matter based on the power loss.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์˜ ๊ณ ๋ ค ์—†์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์ฐจ์ด๋กœ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์€ ์ ์–ด๋„ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋˜๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋ณด์ • ๊ฐ’์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Here, the first power loss is calculated as a difference between the transmission power of the wireless power transmitter and the received power of the wireless power receiver without considering the transmission coil voltage, and the second power loss is based at least on the transmission coil voltage. It may be a correction value for the calculated first power loss.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์ค‘๋‹จํ•œ ํ›„ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ ์ดํ•˜์ด๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์œ ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, when the second power loss exceeds the power loss threshold, it is determined that a foreign material exists, and then the power transmission is stopped, and then the selection step is entered. If the second power loss is less than or equal to the power loss threshold, the foreign material It is determined that this does not exist, and the power transmission can be maintained.

๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์‹๋ณ„๋œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์ค‘ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธก์ •๋œ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ๋ณด์ • ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmission method of the wireless power transmitter according to another embodiment includes the steps of identifying a wireless power receiver, transmitting power to the identified wireless power receiver, and measuring a transmission coil voltage during the power transmission and the measurement. And determining whether to correct power loss based on the transmitted coil voltage.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์˜ ๋ณด์ •์ด ํ•„์š”ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์˜ ๋ณด์ •์ด ํ•„์š”ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Here, when the transmission coil voltage exceeds the coil voltage threshold, it is determined that the transmission coil and the reception coil are not aligned, and it is determined that correction of the power loss is necessary, and the transmission coil voltage is smaller than the coil voltage threshold. If it is equal to or equal to, it may be determined that the transmitting coil and the receiving coil are aligned, and it may be determined that correction of the power loss is not necessary.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ณด์ •์ด ํ•„์š”ํ•˜๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒฐ์ •์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ๋ณด์ •๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์ค‘๋‹จํ•œ ํ›„ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ณด์ •๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ ์ดํ•˜์ด๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์œ ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, if the corrected power loss according to the determination that the correction is necessary exceeds the power loss threshold, it is determined that a foreign substance exists, and then the power transmission is stopped and the selection step is entered, and the corrected power loss is the power. If it is below the loss threshold, it is determined that the foreign material does not exist and the power transmission can be maintained.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•, ์žฅ์น˜ ๋ฐ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ํšจ๊ณผ์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๋ฉด ๋‹ค์Œ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™๋‹ค.The effects on the method, apparatus and system according to the present invention are as follows.

์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• ๋ฐ ๊ทธ๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•œ ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๋Š” ์žฅ์ ์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.The embodiment has an advantage of providing a method for detecting a foreign object in a wireless power transmitter and an apparatus therefor.

์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ ์‘์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ •ํ™•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์„ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• ๋ฐ ๊ทธ๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•œ ์žฅ์น˜๋“ค์„ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๋Š” ์žฅ์ ์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.The embodiment has an advantage of providing a method and apparatus for detecting a foreign object in a wireless power transmitter capable of more accurately detecting a foreign object by adaptively calculating power loss according to an alignment state of the transmitting and receiving coils.

์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ๋Š” ์ถฉ์ „ ์ค‘ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์›์ธ์„ ์ •ํ™•ํžˆ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ, ๋ถˆํ•„์š”ํ•œ ์ „๋ ฅ ๋‚ญ๋น„ ๋ฐ ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž ๋ถˆํŽธ์„ ์ตœ์†Œํ™”์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๋Š” ์žฅ์ ์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.The embodiment has an advantage of providing a wireless power transmitter capable of accurately determining the cause of power loss during charging and minimizing unnecessary power waste and user inconvenience.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ์–ป์„ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํšจ๊ณผ๋Š” ์ด์ƒ์—์„œ ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•œ ํšจ๊ณผ๋“ค๋กœ ์ œํ•œ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ํšจ๊ณผ๋“ค์€ ์•„๋ž˜์˜ ๊ธฐ์žฌ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์ด ์†ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ˆ ๋ถ„์•ผ์—์„œ ํ†ต์ƒ์˜ ์ง€์‹์„ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ž์—๊ฒŒ ๋ช…ํ™•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ดํ•ด๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์„ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.The effects obtainable in the present invention are not limited to the above-mentioned effects, and other effects not mentioned can be clearly understood by those skilled in the art from the following description. will be.

๋„ 1์€ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ถฉ์ „ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ธ”๋ก๋„์ด๋‹ค.1 is a block diagram illustrating a wireless charging system according to an embodiment.

๋„ 2๋Š” ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ถฉ์ „ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ธ”๋ก๋„์ด๋‹ค.2 is a block diagram illustrating a wireless charging system according to another embodiment.

๋„ 3์€ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ถฉ์ „ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ์˜ ๊ฐ์ง€ ์‹ ํ˜ธ ์ „์†ก ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.3 is a view for explaining a detection signal transmission procedure in a wireless charging system according to an embodiment.

๋„ 4๋Š” ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ƒํƒœ ์ฒœ์ด๋„์ด๋‹ค.4 is a state transition diagram for describing a wireless power transmission procedure according to an embodiment.

๋„ 5๋Š” ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ์˜ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ํ๋ฆ„๋„์ด๋‹ค.5 is a flowchart illustrating a foreign matter detection procedure in a wireless power transmission system according to an embodiment.

๋„ 6์€ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ธ”๋ก๋„์ด๋‹ค.6 is a block diagram illustrating the structure of a wireless power transmission apparatus according to an embodiment.

๋„ 7์€ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋„ 6์˜ ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.7 is a view for explaining the antenna configuration of FIG. 6 according to an embodiment.

๋„ 8์€ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋„ 6์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜์™€ ์—ฐ๋™๋˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์žฅ์น˜์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ธ”๋ก๋„์ด๋‹ค.8 is a block diagram illustrating a structure of a wireless power receiving device interworking with the wireless power transmitting device according to FIG. 6 according to an embodiment.

๋„ 9๋Š” ์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋„์ด๋‹ค.9 is a system configuration diagram illustrating a conventional method for detecting a foreign object based on power loss.

๋„ 10์€ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋„์ด๋‹ค.10 is a system configuration diagram illustrating a foreign matter detection method based on power loss according to an embodiment.

๋„ 11์€ ์ถฉ์ „ ์ค‘ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ฆ๊ฐ€ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ์ƒํ™ฉ์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.11 is a view for explaining various situations in which power loss increases during charging.

๋„ 12๋Š” ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€ ๋ฐ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์‚ฐ์ถœ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋ฅผ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ค€๋‹ค.12 shows exemplary power loss calculation results according to the presence or absence of foreign substances and the alignment state of the transmitting and receiving coils.

๋„ 13์€ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ˆœ์„œ๋„์ด๋‹ค.13 is a flowchart illustrating a method of detecting a foreign material in a wireless power transmitter according to an embodiment.

๋„ 14๋Š” ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.14 is a view for explaining a method of detecting foreign substances in a wireless power transmitter according to another embodiment.

๋„ 15๋Š” ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.15 is a view for explaining a method of detecting a foreign object in a wireless power transmitter according to another embodiment.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์‹๋ณ„๋œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์ค‘ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ๊ณผ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ํŒ๋‹จ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ํŒ๋‹จ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmission method of the wireless power transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention includes the steps of identifying a wireless power receiver, transmitting power to the identified wireless power receiver, and determining whether a foreign object is present in the power transmission. Determining whether or not the transmission coil and the reception coil are aligned based on the transmission coil voltage, and determining whether to transmit power based on the determination result of whether the foreign material is present and the alignment result of the transmission coil and the reception coil. It may include the steps.

์ดํ•˜, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์ด ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ์žฅ์น˜ ๋ฐ ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•๋“ค์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋„๋ฉด์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ƒ์„ธํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ดํ•˜์˜ ์„ค๋ช…์—์„œ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๊ตฌ์„ฑ์š”์†Œ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ ‘๋ฏธ์‚ฌ "๋ชจ๋“ˆ" ๋ฐ "๋ถ€"๋Š” ๋ช…์„ธ์„œ ์ž‘์„ฑ์˜ ์šฉ์ดํ•จ๋งŒ์ด ๊ณ ๋ ค๋˜์–ด ๋ถ€์—ฌ๋˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ํ˜ผ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ์„œ, ๊ทธ ์ž์ฒด๋กœ ์„œ๋กœ ๊ตฌ๋ณ„๋˜๋Š” ์˜๋ฏธ ๋˜๋Š” ์—ญํ• ์„ ๊ฐ–๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.Hereinafter, apparatus and various methods to which embodiments of the present invention are applied will be described in more detail with reference to the drawings. The suffixes "modules" and "parts" for the components used in the following description are given or mixed only considering the ease of writing the specification, and do not have meanings or roles distinguished from each other in themselves.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ดํ•˜์˜ ์„ค๋ช…์—์„œ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๊ตฌ์„ฑ์š”์†Œ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ ‘๋ฏธ์‚ฌ "๋ชจ๋“ˆ" ๋ฐ "๋ถ€"๋Š” ํ•˜๋“œ์›จ์–ด์ ์ด ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ-์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค๋ฉด, ํšŒ๋กœ ์†Œ์ž, ๋งˆ์ดํฌ๋กœ ํ”„๋กœ์„ธ์„œ, ๋ฉ”๋ชจ๋ฆฌ, ์„ผ์„œ ๋“ฑ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•จ-๋กœ ๊ตฌํ˜„๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋ถˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ํ•ด๋‹น ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ์˜ ์ผ๋ถ€ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ ๋˜๋Š” ์ „์ฒด๊ฐ€ ์†Œํ”„ํŠธ์›จ์–ด๋กœ ๊ตฌํ˜„๋  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, the suffixes โ€œmoduleโ€ and โ€œunitโ€ for components used in the following description may be implemented by hardware components (for example, including circuit elements, microprocessors, memories, sensors, etc.), This is only one embodiment, and some functions or all of the components may be implemented in software.

์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ์„ค๋ช…์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ๊ฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ์˜ " ์ƒ(์œ„) ๋˜๋Š” ํ•˜(์•„๋ž˜)"์— ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ธฐ์žฌ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์— ์žˆ์–ด, ์ƒ(์œ„) ๋˜๋Š” ํ•˜(์•„๋ž˜)๋Š” ๋‘๊ฐœ์˜ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋“ค์ด ์„œ๋กœ ์ง์ ‘ ์ ‘์ด‰๋˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ํ•˜๋‚˜ ์ด์ƒ์˜ ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๊ฐ€ ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋“ค ์‚ฌ์ด์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜์–ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๋ชจ๋‘ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ โ€œ์ƒ(์œ„) ๋˜๋Š” ํ•˜(์•„๋ž˜)โ€์œผ๋กœ ํ‘œํ˜„๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋ฅผ ๊ธฐ์ค€์œผ๋กœ ์œ„์ชฝ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ๋ฟ๋งŒ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ ์•„๋ž˜์ชฝ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์˜ ์˜๋ฏธ๋„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the description of the embodiment, in the case of being described as being formed in the "top (top) or bottom (bottom)" of each component, the top (top) or bottom (bottom) is the two components are in direct contact with each other or It includes all that is formed by placing one or more other components between the two components. In addition, when expressed as "up (up) or down (down)", it may include the meaning of the downward direction as well as the upward direction based on one component.

์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ์„ค๋ช…์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ถฉ์ „ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์ƒ์—์„œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์†ก์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์ด ํƒ‘์žฌ๋œ ์žฅ์น˜๋Š” ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด ๋ฌด์„  ํŒŒ์›Œ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ, ๋ฌด์„  ํŒŒ์›Œ ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ, ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ, ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜, ์†ก์‹ ์ธก, ๋ฌด์„  ํŒŒ์›Œ ์ „์†ก ์žฅ์น˜, ๋ฌด์„  ํŒŒ์›Œ ์ „์†ก๊ธฐ ๋“ฑ์„ ํ˜ผ์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์ด ํƒ‘์žฌ๋œ ์žฅ์น˜์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ํ‘œํ˜„์œผ๋กœ ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์žฅ์น˜, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ, ๋ฌด์„  ํŒŒ์›Œ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์žฅ์น˜, ๋ฌด์„  ํŒŒ์›Œ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ, ์ˆ˜์‹  ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ, ์ˆ˜์‹ ์ธก, ์ˆ˜์‹  ์žฅ์น˜, ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ ๋“ฑ์ด ํ˜ผ์šฉ๋˜์–ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the description of the embodiment, a device equipped with a function for transmitting wireless power on a wireless charging system includes a wireless power transmitter, a wireless power transmitter, a wireless power transmitter, a wireless power transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitter, and a transmitter for convenience of description. , The transmitting side, a wireless power transmission device, a wireless power transmitter, etc. will be used interchangeably. In addition, a wireless power receiving device, a wireless power receiver, a wireless power receiving device, a wireless power receiver, a receiving terminal, a receiving side, for convenience of description as an expression of a device equipped with a function for receiving wireless power from the wireless power transmitting device, A receiving device, a receiver, and the like can be used interchangeably.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ํŒจ๋“œ ํ˜•ํƒœ, ๊ฑฐ์น˜๋Œ€ ํ˜•ํƒœ, AP(Access Point) ํ˜•ํƒœ, ์†Œํ˜• ๊ธฐ์ง€๊ตญ ํ˜•ํƒœ, ์Šคํ…๋“œ ํ˜•ํƒœ, ์ฒœ์žฅ ๋งค๋ฆฝ ํ˜•ํƒœ, ๋ฒฝ๊ฑธ์ด ํ˜•ํƒœ ๋“ฑ์œผ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์žฅ์น˜์— ํŒŒ์›Œ๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ํŒŒ์›Œ ์ „์†ก ์ˆ˜๋‹จ์„ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmitter according to the present invention may be configured in a pad shape, a cradle shape, an AP (Access Point) shape, a small base station shape, a stand shape, a ceiling buried shape, a wall-mounted shape, etc., and one transmitter is provided with a plurality of wireless power receiving devices. You can also transmit power. To this end, the transmitter may include at least one wireless power transmission means.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ๋ฌด์„  ํŒŒ์›Œ ์ „์†ก ์ˆ˜๋‹จ์€ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ ์ฝ”์ผ์—์„œ ์ž๊ธฐ์žฅ์„ ๋ฐœ์ƒ์‹œ์ผœ ๊ทธ ์ž๊ธฐ์žฅ์˜ ์˜ํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ ์ฝ”์ผ์—์„œ ์ „๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ์œ ๋„๋˜๋Š” ์ „์ž๊ธฐ์œ ๋„ ์›๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์ถฉ์ „ํ•˜๋Š” ์ „์ž๊ธฐ ์œ ๋„ ๋ฐฉ์‹์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ๋ฌด์ „ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ํ‘œ์ค€์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ํ‘œ์ค€์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ถฉ์ „ ๊ธฐ์ˆ  ํ‘œ์ค€ ๊ธฐ๊ตฌ์ธ WPC(Wireless Power Consortium) Qi ๋ฐ PMA(Power Matters Alliance)์—์„œ ์ •์˜๋œ ์ „์ž๊ธฐ ์œ ๋„ ๋ฐฉ์‹์˜ ํ‘œ์ค€ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€๋Š” ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค.Here, as the wireless power transmission means, various radio power transmission standards based on an electromagnetic induction method that generates a magnetic field in the coil of the power transmitting end and charges it using the electromagnetic induction principle in which electricity is induced in the coil of the receiving end under the influence of the magnetic field may be used. As an example, the wireless power transmission standard may include, but is not limited to, a standard technology of an electromagnetic induction method defined by Wireless Power Consortium (WPC) Qi and Power Matters Alliance (PMA), which are wireless charging technology standards bodies.

๋˜ํ•œ, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ˆ˜๋‹จ์ด ๊ตฌ๋น„๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, 1๊ฐœ ์ด์ƒ์˜ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ฌด์„  ํŒŒ์›Œ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, the receiver according to an embodiment of the present invention may be provided with at least one wireless power receiving means, and may also receive wireless power from one or more transmitters.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ํฐ(mobile phone), ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ(smart phone), ๋…ธํŠธ๋ถ ์ปดํ“จํ„ฐ(laptop computer), ๋””์ง€ํ„ธ๋ฐฉ์†ก์šฉ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ, PDA(Personal Digital Assistants), PMP(Portable Multimedia Player), ๋„ค๋น„๊ฒŒ์ด์…˜, MP3 player, ์ „๋™ ์นซ์†”, ์ „์ž ํƒœ๊ทธ, ์กฐ๋ช… ์žฅ์น˜, ๋ฆฌ๋ชจ์ฝ˜, ๋‚š์‹œ์ฐŒ, ์Šค๋งˆํŠธ ์›Œ์น˜์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ์›จ์–ด๋Ÿฌ๋ธ” ๋””๋ฐ”์ด์Šค ๋“ฑ์˜ ์†Œํ˜• ์ „์ž ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ ๋“ฑ์— ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด์— ๊ตญํ•œ๋˜์ง€๋Š” ์•„๋‹ˆํ•˜๋ฉฐ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ˆ˜๋‹จ์ด ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜์–ด ๋ฐฐํ„ฐ๋ฆฌ ์ถฉ์ „์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ๋ผ๋ฉด ์กฑํ•˜๋‹ค.The receiver according to the present invention is a mobile phone, a smart phone, a laptop computer, a terminal for digital broadcasting, PDA (Personal Digital Assistants), PMP (Portable Multimedia Player), navigation, MP3 player, electric It can be used in small electronic devices such as toothbrushes, electronic tags, lighting devices, remote controllers, fishing boats, wearable devices such as smart watches, but is not limited thereto, and if the device is equipped with a wireless power receiving means according to the present invention and can charge the battery Is enough.

๋„ 1์€ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ถฉ์ „ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ธ”๋ก๋„์ด๋‹ค.1 is a block diagram illustrating a wireless charging system according to an embodiment.

๋„ 1์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ถฉ์ „ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์€ ํฌ๊ฒŒ ๋ฌด์„ ์œผ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์†ก์ถœํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10), ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20) ๋ฐ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ๊ณต๊ธ‰ ๋ฐ›๋Š” ์ „์ž๊ธฐ๊ธฐ(30)๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Referring to FIG. 1, the wireless charging system includes a wireless power transmitter 10 that wirelessly transmits power, a wireless power receiver 20 that receives the transmitted power, and an electronic device 30 that receives the received power. Can be configured.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10)๊ณผ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20)์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์— ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋™์ž‘ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์™€ ๋™์ผํ•œ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋Œ€์—ญ์„ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ๊ตํ™˜ํ•˜๋Š” ์ธ๋ฐด๋“œ(In-band) ํ†ต์‹ ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, the wireless power transmitting end 10 and the wireless power receiving end 20 may perform in-band communication for exchanging information using the same frequency band as the operating frequency used for wireless power transmission.

์ธ๋ฐด๋“œ ํ†ต์‹ ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์†ก์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ(41)๊ฐ€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20)์— ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜๋ฉด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20)์€ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ๋ณ€์กฐํ•˜๊ณ , ๋ณ€์กฐ๋œ ์‹ ํ˜ธ(42)๊ฐ€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10)์— ์ „์†ก๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the in-band communication, when the power signal 41 transmitted by the wireless power transmitting end 10 is received by the wireless power receiving end 20, the wireless power receiving end 20 modulates the received power signal and modulates the signal. 42 may be transmitted to the wireless power transmitter 10.

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10)๊ณผ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20)์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์— ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋™์ž‘ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์™€ ์ƒ์ดํ•œ ๋ณ„๋„์˜ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋Œ€์—ญ์„ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ๊ตํ™˜ํ•˜๋Š” ๋Œ€์—ญ์™ธ(Out-of-band) ํ†ต์‹ ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As another example, the wireless power transmitting end 10 and the wireless power receiving end 20 perform out-of-band communication for exchanging information using separate frequency bands different from the operating frequency used for wireless power transmission. You can also do

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10)๊ณผ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20) ์‚ฌ์ด์— ๊ตํ™˜๋˜๋Š” ์ •๋ณด๋Š” ์„œ๋กœ์˜ ์ƒํƒœ ์ •๋ณด๋ฟ๋งŒ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ ์ œ์–ด ์ •๋ณด๋„ ํฌํ•จ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ ์‚ฌ์ด์— ๊ตํ™˜๋˜๋Š” ์ƒํƒœ ์ •๋ณด ๋ฐ ์ œ์–ด ์ •๋ณด๋Š” ํ›„์ˆ ํ•  ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋“ค์˜ ์„ค๋ช…์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋ช…ํ™•ํ•ด์งˆ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.For example, information exchanged between the wireless power transmission end 10 and the wireless power reception end 20 may include control information as well as status information of each other. Here, the state information and control information exchanged between the transmitting and receiving terminals will become clearer through the description of the embodiments to be described later.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธ๋ฐด๋“œ ํ†ต์‹  ๋ฐ ๋Œ€์—ญ์™ธ ํ†ต์‹ ์€ ์–‘๋ฐฉํ–ฅ ํ†ต์‹ ์„ ์ œ๊ณตํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€๋Š” ์•Š์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ๋Š” ๋‹จ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ ํ†ต์‹  ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐ˜์ด์ค‘ ๋ฐฉ์‹์˜ ํ†ต์‹ ์„ ์ œ๊ณตํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The in-band communication and the out-of-band communication may provide two-way communication, but are not limited thereto, and in other embodiments, one-way communication or half-duplex communication may be provided.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ๋‹จ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ ํ†ต์‹ ์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20)์ด ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10)์œผ๋กœ๋งŒ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€๋Š” ์•Š์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10)์ด ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20)์œผ๋กœ๋งŒ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ผ ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, the unidirectional communication may be that the wireless power receiving end 20 transmits information only to the wireless power transmitting end 10, but is not limited thereto, and the wireless power transmitting end 10 is only the wireless power receiving end 20. It may be sending information.

๋ฐ˜์ด์ค‘ ํ†ต์‹  ๋ฐฉ์‹์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20)๊ณผ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10) ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์–‘๋ฐฉํ–ฅ ํ†ต์‹ ์€ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋‚˜, ์–ด๋А ํ•œ ์‹œ์ ์— ์–ด๋А ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ์žฅ์น˜์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ๋งŒ ์ •๋ณด ์ „์†ก์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ํŠน์ง•์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the half-duplex communication method, two-way communication between the wireless power receiving end 20 and the wireless power transmitting end 10 is possible, but there is a feature that only one device can transmit information at any one time.

์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20)์€ ์ „์ž ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ(30)์˜ ๊ฐ์ข… ์ƒํƒœ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ํš๋“ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power receiver 20 according to an embodiment may acquire various status information of the electronic device 30.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ „์ž ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ(30)์˜ ์ƒํƒœ ์ •๋ณด๋Š” ํ˜„์žฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋Ÿ‰ ์ •๋ณด, ์‹คํ–‰์ค‘์ธ ์‘์šฉ์„ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด, CPU ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋Ÿ‰ ์ •๋ณด, ๋ฐฐํ„ฐ๋ฆฌ ์ถฉ์ „ ์ƒํƒœ ์ •๋ณด, ๋ฐฐํ„ฐ๋ฆฌ ์ถœ๋ ฅ ์ „์••/์ „๋ฅ˜ ์ •๋ณด ๋“ฑ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€๋Š” ์•Š์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ „์ž ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ(30)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ํš๋“ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ณ , ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ œ์–ด์— ํ™œ์šฉ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ์ •๋ณด์ด๋ฉด ์กฑํ•˜๋‹ค.For example, the status information of the electronic device 30 may include current power usage information, information for identifying a running application, CPU usage information, battery charge status information, battery output voltage / current information, etc., but is not limited thereto. If not, it is sufficient if the information can be obtained from the electronic device 30 and can be used for wireless power control.

์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10)์€ ๊ณ ์† ์ถฉ์ „ ์ง€์› ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ์ง€์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ์†Œ์ • ํŒจํ‚ท์„ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20)์— ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20)์€ ์ ‘์†๋œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10)์ด ๊ณ ์† ์ถฉ์ „ ๋ชจ๋“œ๋ฅผ ์ง€์›ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํ™•์ธ๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ด๋ฅผ ์ „์ž ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ(30)์— ์•Œ๋ฆด ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ „์ž ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ(30)๋Š” ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ์†Œ์ • ํ‘œ์‹œ ์ˆ˜๋‹จ-์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค๋ฉด, ์•ก์ • ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์Œ-์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๊ณ ์† ์ถฉ์ „์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•จ์„ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.ย The wireless power transmitter 10 according to an embodiment may transmit a predetermined packet indicating whether to support fast charging to the wireless power receiver 20. The wireless power receiving end 20 may notify the electronic device 30 when it is determined that the connected wireless power transmitting end 10 supports the fast charging mode. The electronic device 30 may indicate that fast charging is possible through predetermined display means provided, for example, a liquid crystal display.

๋„ 2๋Š” ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ถฉ์ „ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ธ”๋ก๋„์ด๋‹ค.2 is a block diagram illustrating a wireless charging system according to another embodiment.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ๋„๋ฉด ๋ถ€ํ˜ธ 200a์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20)์€ ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์žฅ์น˜๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10)์— ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์žฅ์น˜๊ฐ€ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜์–ด ๋ฌด์„  ์ถฉ์ „์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, as illustrated in reference numeral 200a, the wireless power receiving end 20 may be composed of a plurality of wireless power receiving devices, and a plurality of wireless power receiving devices connected to one wireless power transmitting end 10 may be wirelessly connected. Charging can also be performed.

์ด๋•Œ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10)์€ ์‹œ๋ถ„ํ•  ๋ฐฉ์‹์œผ๋กœ ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์žฅ์น˜์— ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ๋ถ„๋ฐฐํ•˜์—ฌ ์†ก์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€๋Š” ์•Š์œผ๋ฉฐ. ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10)์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์žฅ์น˜ ๋ณ„ ํ• ๋‹น๋œ ์ƒ์ดํ•œ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋Œ€์—ญ์„ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์žฅ์น˜์— ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ๋ถ„๋ฐฐํ•˜์—ฌ ์†ก์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.At this time, the wireless power transmitter 10 may distribute and transmit power to a plurality of wireless power receivers in a time-division manner, but is not limited thereto. As another example, the wireless power transmitter 10 may distribute and transmit power to a plurality of wireless power receivers using different frequency bands allocated for each wireless power receiver.

์ด๋•Œ, ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10)์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์žฅ์น˜์˜ ๊ฐœ์ˆ˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์žฅ์น˜ ๋ณ„ ์š”๊ตฌ ์ „๋ ฅ๋Ÿ‰, ๋ฐฐํ„ฐ๋ฆฌ ์ถฉ์ „ ์ƒํƒœ, ์ „์ž ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†Œ๋น„๋Ÿ‰ ๋ฐ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜์˜ ๊ฐ€์šฉ ์ „๋ ฅ๋Ÿ‰ ์ค‘ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ ์‘์ ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.At this time, the number of wireless power receiving devices that can be connected to one wireless power transmitting terminal 10 is based on at least one of a required power amount for each wireless power receiving device, a battery charging state, power consumption of an electronic device, and available power of a wireless power transmitting device. Can be adaptively determined.

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ๋„๋ฉด ๋ถ€ํ˜ธ 200b์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ(10)์€ ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As another example, as illustrated at 200b, the wireless power transmitter 10 may be configured with a plurality of wireless power transmitters.

์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20)์€ ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜์™€ ๋™์‹œ์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜๋“ค๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋™์‹œ์— ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ถฉ์ „์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In this case, the wireless power receiver 20 may be connected to a plurality of wireless power transmitters at the same time, and may also perform charging by receiving power simultaneously from the connected wireless power transmitters.

์ด๋•Œ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20)๊ณผ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜์˜ ๊ฐœ์ˆ˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ(20)์˜ ์š”๊ตฌ ์ „๋ ฅ๋Ÿ‰, ๋ฐฐํ„ฐ๋ฆฌ ์ถฉ์ „ ์ƒํƒœ, ์ „์ž ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†Œ๋น„๋Ÿ‰, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜์˜ ๊ฐ€์šฉ ์ „๋ ฅ๋Ÿ‰ ๋“ฑ์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ ์‘์ ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.At this time, the number of wireless power transmitting devices connected to the wireless power receiving end 20 is adaptively based on the required power amount of the wireless power receiving end 20, the battery charging state, the power consumption of the electronic device, and the available power amount of the wireless power transmitting device. Can be determined.

๋„ 3์€ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ถฉ์ „ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ์˜ ๊ฐ์ง€ ์‹ ํ˜ธ ์ „์†ก ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.3 is a view for explaining a detection signal transmission procedure in a wireless charging system according to an embodiment.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” 3๊ฐœ์˜ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ(111, 112, 113)์ด ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ฐ๊ฐ์˜ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์€ ์ผ๋ถ€ ์˜์—ญ์ด ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ๊ณผ ์„œ๋กœ ์ค‘์ฒฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๊ฐ๊ฐ์˜ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์กด์žฌ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์†Œ์ • ๊ฐ์ง€ ์‹ ํ˜ธ(117, 127)-์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค๋ฉด, ๋””์ง€ํ„ธ ํ•‘ ์‹ ํ˜ธ-๋ฅผ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •์˜๋œ ์ˆœ์„œ๋กœ ์ˆœ์ฐจ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์†ก์ถœํ•œ๋‹ค.For example, the wireless power transmitter may be equipped with three transmission coils 111, 112, and 113. Each transmitting coil may have some areas overlapping with other transmitting coils, and the wireless power transmitter may use predetermined sensing signals 117 and 127 to detect the presence of the wireless power receiver through each transmitting coil. The digital ping signal-is sequentially transmitted in a predefined order.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋„ 3์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋„๋ฉด ๋ฒˆํ˜ธ 110์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ 1์ฐจ ๊ฐ์ง€ ์‹ ํ˜ธ ์†ก์ถœ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ๊ฐ์ง€ ์‹ ํ˜ธ(117)๋ฅผ ์ˆœ์ฐจ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์†ก์ถœํ•˜๊ณ , ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(115)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์‹ ํ˜ธ ์„ธ๊ธฐ ์ง€์‹œ์ž(Signal Strength Indicator, 116)๊ฐ€ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ(111, 112)์„ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As shown in FIG. 3, the wireless power transmitter sequentially transmits the detection signals 117 through the primary detection signal transmission procedure shown in FIG. 110, and a signal strength indicator (Signal) from the wireless power receiver 115. Strength Indicator, 116 may identify the received transmission coil (111, 112).

์—ฐ์ด์–ด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋„๋ฉด ๋ฒˆํ˜ธ 120์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ 2์ฐจ ๊ฐ์ง€ ์‹ ํ˜ธ ์†ก์ถœ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ๊ฐ์ง€ ์‹ ํ˜ธ(127)๋ฅผ ์ˆœ์ฐจ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์†ก์ถœํ•˜๊ณ , ์‹ ํ˜ธ ์„ธ๊ธฐ ์ง€์‹œ์ž(126)๊ฐ€ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ(111, 112) ์ค‘ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ํšจ์œจ(๋˜๋Š” ์ถฉ์ „ ํšจ์œจ)-์ฆ‰, ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ๊ณผ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ-์ด ์ข‹์€ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์„ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๊ณ , ์‹๋ณ„๋œ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ „๋ ฅ์ด ์†ก์ถœ๋˜๋„๋ก-์ฆ‰, ๋ฌด์„  ์ถฉ์ „์ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋„๋ก- ์ œ์–ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Subsequently, the wireless power transmitter sequentially transmits the detection signals 127 through the secondary detection signal transmission procedure illustrated in FIG. 120, and transmits power among the transmission coils 111 and 112 in which the signal strength indicator 126 has been received. The efficiency (or charging efficiency) โ€”that is, the alignment between the transmitting coil and the receiving coilโ€”can identify a good transmitting coil, and control the power to be transmitted through the identified transmitting coilโ€”that is, to achieve wireless charging. .

์ƒ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋„ 3์—์„œ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ง€๋Š” ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ 2ํšŒ์˜ ๊ฐ์ง€ ์‹ ํ˜ธ ์†ก์ถœ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๋Š” ์ด์œ ๋Š” ์–ด๋А ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์— ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ž˜ ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋Š”์ง€๋ฅผ ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ •ํ™•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•จ์ด๋‹ค.As shown in FIG. 3 above, the reason why the wireless power transmitter performs two detection signal transmission procedures is to more accurately identify which transmission coil is well-aligned with the reception coil of the wireless power receiver.

๋งŒ์•ฝ, ์ƒ๊ธฐํ•œ ๋„ 3์˜ ๋„๋ฉด ๋ฒˆํ˜ธ 110 ๋ฐ 120์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์ œ1 ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ(111), ์ œ2 ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ(112)์— ์‹ ํ˜ธ ์„ธ๊ธฐ ์ง€์‹œ์ž(116, 126)๊ฐ€ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ œ1 ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ(111)๊ณผ ์ œ2 ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ(112) ๊ฐ๊ฐ์— ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ์‹ ํ˜ธ ์„ธ๊ธฐ ์ง€์‹œ์ž(126)์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์ •๋ ฌ์ด ์ž˜๋œ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์„ ์„ ํƒํ•˜๊ณ , ์„ ํƒ๋œ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์„ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ฌด์„  ์ถฉ์ „์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•œ๋‹ค.If the signal strength indicators 116 and 126 are received at the first transmission coil 111 and the second transmission coil 112, as shown in the reference numerals 110 and 120 of FIG. 3, the wireless power transmitter Selects the most aligned transmission coil based on the signal strength indicator 126 received in each of the first transmission coil 111 and the second transmission coil 112, and performs wireless charging using the selected transmission coil. .

๋„ 4๋Š” ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ƒํƒœ ์ฒœ์ด๋„์ด๋‹ค.4 is a state transition diagram for describing a wireless power transmission procedure according to an embodiment.

๋„ 4๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ์˜ ํŒŒ์›Œ ์ „์†ก์€ ํฌ๊ฒŒ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(Selection Phase, 410), ํ•‘ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(Ping Phase, 420), ์‹๋ณ„ ๋ฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(Identification and Configuration Phase, 430), ํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(Negotiation Phase, 440), ๋ณด์ • ๋‹จ๊ณ„(Calibration Phase, 450), ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(Power Transfer Phase, 460) ๋‹จ๊ณ„ ๋ฐ ์žฌํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(Renegotiation Phase, 470)๋กœ ๊ตฌ๋ถ„๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.4, the power transmission from the transmitter to the receiver according to an embodiment of the present invention is largely a selection phase (Selection Phase, 410), a ping phase (Ping Phase, 420), identification and configuration phase (Identification and Configuration Phase) , 430), a negotiation phase (Negotiation Phase, 440), a calibration phase (Calibration Phase, 450), a power transfer phase (Power Transfer Phase, 460) phase, and a renegotiation phase (Renegotiation Phase, 470).

์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋Š” ํŒŒ์›Œ ์ „์†ก์„ ์‹œ์ž‘ํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ํŒŒ์›Œ ์ „์†ก์„ ์œ ์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๋™์•ˆ ํŠน์ • ์˜ค๋ฅ˜ ๋˜๋Š” ํŠน์ • ์ด๋ฒคํŠธ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ์ง€๋˜๋ฉด, ์ฒœ์ด๋˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„-์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค๋ฉด, ๋„๋ฉด ๋ถ€ํ˜ธ S402, S404, S408, S410 ๋ฐ S412๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•จ-์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The selection step 410 transitions when a specific error or specific event is detected while starting or maintaining the power transmission, including the steps S402, S404, S408, S410, and S412, for example. You can.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ํŠน์ • ์˜ค๋ฅ˜ ๋ฐ ํŠน์ • ์ด๋ฒคํŠธ๋Š” ์ดํ•˜์˜ ์„ค๋ช…์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋ช…ํ™•ํ•ด์งˆ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.Here, specific errors and specific events will be clarified through the following description.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)์—์„œ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ธํ„ฐํŽ˜์ด์Šค ํ‘œ๋ฉด์— ๋ฌผ์ฒด๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š”์ง€๋ฅผ ๋ชจ๋‹ˆํ„ฐ๋งํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, in the selection step 410, the transmitter may monitor whether an object is present on the interface surface.

๋งŒ์•ฝ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ์ธํ„ฐํŽ˜์ด์Šค ํ‘œ๋ฉด์— ๋ฌผ์ฒด๊ฐ€ ๋†“์—ฌ์ง„ ๊ฒƒ์ด ๊ฐ์ง€๋˜๋ฉด, ํ•‘ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(420)๋กœ ์ฒœ์ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S403).If the transmitter detects that an object is placed on the interface surface, it may transition to the ping step 420 (S403).

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)์—์„œ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋งค์šฐ ์งง์€ ํŽ„์Šค์˜ ์•„๋‚ ๋กœ๊ทธ ํ•‘(Analog Ping) ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ(๋˜๋Š” 1์ฐจ ์ฝ”์ผ(Primary Coil))์˜ ์ „๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™”์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ธํ„ฐํŽ˜์ด์Šค ํ‘œ๋ฉด์˜ ํ™œ์„ฑ ์˜์—ญ(Active Area)์— ๋ฌผ์ฒด๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š”์ง€๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ํ™œ์„ฑ ์˜์—ญ์€ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜์–ด ๋ฌด์„  ์ถฉ์ „์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ์˜์—ญ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, in the selection step 410, the transmitter transmits a very short pulse analog ping signal, and an active area of the interface surface based on a current change of the transmitting coil (or primary coil) ( Active Area). Here, the active area may refer to an area in which a receiver is disposed to enable wireless charging.

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)์—์„œ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ์„ผ์„œ๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์ธํ„ฐํŽ˜์ด์Šค ํ‘œ๋ฉด์˜ ํ™œ์„ฑ ์˜์—ญ(Active Area)์— ๋ฌผ์ฒด๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š”์ง€๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As another example, in the selection step 410, the transmitter may detect whether an object is present in an active area of the interface surface using a provided sensor.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์„ผ์„œ๋Š” ํ™€ ์„ผ์„œ, ์••๋ ฅ ์„ผ์„œ, ์ •์ „ ์šฉ๋Ÿ‰ ์„ผ์„œ, ์ „๋ฅ˜ ์„ผ์„œ, ์ „์•• ์„ผ์„œ, ๋น› ๊ฐ์ง€ ์„ผ์„œ ๋“ฑ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ด๋“ค ์ค‘ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ์„ผ์„œ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ํ™œ์„ฑ ์˜์—ญ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ๋ฌผ์ฒด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As an example, the sensor may include a hall sensor, a pressure sensor, a capacitive sensor, a current sensor, a voltage sensor, a light detection sensor, and the like, and detect an object disposed in the active area through at least one sensor. .

์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)์—์„œ ๋ฌผ์ฒด๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ์ง€๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ LC ๊ณต์ง„ ํšŒ๋กœ-์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค๋ฉด, LC ๊ณต์ง„ ํšŒ๋กœ๋Š” ์ง๋ ฌ๋กœ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ ์ฝ”์ผ(์ธ๋•ํ„ฐ) ๋ฐ ๊ณต์ง„ ์บํŒจ์‹œํ„ฐ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์Œ-์— ์ƒ์‘ํ•˜๋Š” ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž๋ฅผ ์ธก์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.When an object is detected in the selection step 410, the wireless power transmitter corresponds to an equipped LC resonant circuit, for example, the LC resonant circuit may include a coil (inductor) and a resonant capacitor connected in series. The quality factor can be measured.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์„ ํƒ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)์—์„œ ๋ฌผ์ฒด๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ์ง€๋˜๋ฉด, ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ๊ณผ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜์—ˆ๋Š”์ง€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž(Quality Factor) ๊ฐ’์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์€ ํ•‘ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(420)๋กœ์˜ ์ง„์ž… ์ด์ „์— ์ธก์ •๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์€ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์„ ํ†ตํ•œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์ด ์ผ์‹œ ์ค‘๋‹จ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์ธก์ •๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.When an object is detected in the selection step 410, the transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention may measure a quality factor value to determine whether a wireless power receiver is disposed with a foreign object in the charging area. Here, the quality factor value may be measured before entering the ping step 420. Also, the quality factor value may be measured in a state in which power transmission through the transmission coil is temporarily suspended.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์€ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •์˜๋œ ๊ธฐ์ค€ ๋™์ž‘ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ์ธก์ •๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As an example, the quality factor value may be measured for a predefined reference operating frequency.

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์— ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋™์ž‘ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋Œ€์—ญ ๋‚ด์—์„œ ์ผ์ • ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋‹จ์œ„๋กœ ์ƒ˜ํ”Œ๋งํ•˜์—ฌ ์ธก์ •๋  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As another example, the quality factor value may be measured by sampling in a certain frequency unit within an operating frequency band used for wireless power transmission.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋™์ž‘ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋Œ€์—ญ ๋‚ด ์ธก์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’ ์ค‘ ์ตœ๋Œ€ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๊ฐ’์„ ํ™•์ธํ•˜๊ณ , ์ด๋ฅผ ๋ฉ”๋ชจ๋ฆฌ์— ์ €์žฅํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ดํ•˜ ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด ๋™์ž‘ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋Œ€์—ญ ๋‚ด ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์ด ์ตœ๋Œ€์ธ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜(Quality Factor Peak Frequency) ๋˜๋Š” ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด ๊ฐ„๋‹จํžˆ ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋ผ ๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.The transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention may check the frequency value corresponding to the quality factor value having the maximum value among the measured quality factor values in the operating frequency band, and store it in a memory. Hereinafter, for convenience of description, a frequency having a maximum quality factor value in an operating frequency band is referred to as a quality factor peak frequency or simply a peak frequency for convenience of description.

๋™์ž‘ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋Œ€์—ญ์— ์ƒ์‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ธก์ •๋˜๋Š” ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ง€ ๊ฐ’์˜ ๋ถ„ํฌ ๋ฐ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ƒ์ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The distribution of quality perception values measured in correspondence with the operating frequency band and the peak frequency of the quality factor may be different depending on the type of the wireless power transmitter.

ํŠนํžˆ, ๋™์ผ ๋™์ž‘ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ธ์ฆํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ-์ดํ•˜ ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด โ€˜์ธ์ฆ์šฉ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐโ€™๋ผ ๋ช…ํ•จ-์™€ LCR ๋ฏธํ„ฐ๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์ธก์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์€ ์ƒ์šฉ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์—์„œ ์ธก์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ƒ์ดํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In particular, the transmitter used to authenticate the receiver for the same operating frequency-the quality factor value measured using a business card called the 'transmitter for authentication' and the LCR meter for convenience of description below is a quality factor value measured in a commercial transmitter And may be different.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ํ•‘ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(420)์—์„œ ์‹ ํ˜ธ ์„ธ๊ธฐ ํŒจํ‚ท์ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜๋ฉด, ์‹๋ณ„ ๋ฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(430)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S403).When the signal strength packet is received in the ping step 420, the wireless power transmitter may enter the identification and configuration step 430 (S403).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์‹๋ณ„ ๋ฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๊ฐ€ ์ •์ƒ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์™„๋ฃŒ๋˜๋ฉด, ํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ(440)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S405).When the identification and configuration procedures are normally completed, the wireless power transmitter may enter the negotiation step 440 (S405).

๋˜ํ•œ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์‹๋ณ„ ๋ฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๊ฐ€ ์ •์ƒ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์™„๋ฃŒ๋˜๋ฉด, ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S406).In addition, when the identification and configuration procedures are normally completed, the wireless power transmitter may enter the power transmission step 460 according to the type of the receiver (S406).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(440)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๋ฉด ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์ด ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ƒํƒœ ํŒจํ‚ท(Foreign Object Detection Status Packet)์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Upon entering the negotiation step 440, the wireless power transmitter may receive a foreign object detection status packet including a reference quality factor value from the wireless power receiver.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmitter may determine a quality factor threshold value based on the received reference quality factor value.

์ดํ›„, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ธก์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’์„ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Thereafter, the wireless power transmitter may compare the measured quality factor value and the quality factor threshold value to determine whether a foreign material is present.

ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋œ ์†Œ์ • ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ธก์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์„ ๋‹จ์ˆœ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•˜๋Š” ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์ด ์ƒ์šฉ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์— ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ •ํ™•๋„๊ฐ€ ๋‚ฎ์•„์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.However, if a foreign substance detection method for detecting the presence of a foreign substance by simply comparing the predetermined quality factor threshold value determined based on the reference quality factor value and the measured quality factor value is applied to a commercial transmitter, the accuracy for foreign substance detection may be lowered. have.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์€ ์ธ์ฆ์šฉ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์ธก์ •๋œ ๊ธฐ์ค€ ๋™์ž‘ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์—์„œ์˜ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•œ๋‹ค.Here, the reference quality factor value refers to a quality factor value at a reference operating frequency measured in a state where no foreign matter is placed in the charging area of the authentication transmitter.

ํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(440)์—์„œ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ํ•‘ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(420) ์ด์ „์— ์ธก์ •๋œ ๊ธฐ์ค€ ๋™์ž‘ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์— ์ƒ์‘ํ•˜๋Š” ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’-์ดํ•˜, ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด ํ˜„์žฌ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์ด๋ผ ๋ช…ํ•จ-์„ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Compare the reference quality factor value received in the negotiation step 440 and the quality factor value corresponding to the reference operating frequency measured before the ping step 420-hereafter, for convenience of explanation, the current quality factor value is called a business card-to compare foreign matter You can judge if it exists.

ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์ด ์ธก์ •๋œ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ-์ฆ‰, ์ธ์ฆ์šฉ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ-์™€ ํ˜„์žฌ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์ด ์ธก์ •๋œ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์„œ๋กœ ์ƒ์ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’์€ ์ •ํ™•ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์„ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.However, the transmitter for which the reference quality factor value has been measured-that is, the transmitter for authentication-and the transmitter for which the current quality factor value has been measured may be different from each other. Therefore, the determined quality factor threshold for determining the presence of foreign substances may not be accurate.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ํ•ด๋‹น ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๋Œ€์‘ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์„ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Accordingly, the transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention may receive a reference quality factor value corresponding to a corresponding transmitter type from a wireless power receiver, and determine a quality factor threshold value based on the received reference quality factor value.

์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์€ ์ฃผ๋ณ€ ํ™˜๊ฒฝ ๋ณ€ํ™”์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ธ๋•ํ„ด์Šค ๋ฐ/๋˜๋Š” ํ•ด๋‹น ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ๋‚ด ์ง๋ ฌ ์ €ํ•ญ ์„ฑ๋ถ„์ด ๊ฐ์†Œ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , ์ด๋กœ ์ธํ•ด ํ•ด๋‹น ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์—์„œ์˜ ๊ณต์ง„ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ(์‹œํ”„ํŠธ)๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ๋™์ž‘ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋Œ€์—ญ ๋‚ด ์ตœ๋Œ€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์ด ์ธก์ •๋˜๋Š” ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์ธ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ์ด๋™๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmit coil may have an inductance and / or a series resistance component in the corresponding transmit coil reduced according to a change in the surrounding environment, thereby changing (shifting) the resonance frequency in the corresponding transmit coil. That is, the peak frequency of the quality factor, which is the frequency at which the maximum quality factor value in the operating frequency band is measured, may be shifted.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋†’์€ ํˆฌ์ž์œจ์„ ๊ฐ–๋Š” ๋งˆ๊ทธ๋„คํ‹ฑ ์‹ค๋“œ(์ฐจํ์žฌ)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ๋†’์€ ํˆฌ์ž์œจ์€ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์—์„œ ์ธก์ •๋˜๋Š” ์ธ๋•ํ„ด์Šค ๊ฐ’์„ ์ฆ๊ฐ€์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฐ˜๋ฉด์— ๊ธˆ์† ํƒ€์ž…์˜ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์€ ์ธ๋•ํ„ด์Šค ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ฐ์†Œ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As an example, since the wireless power receiver includes a magnetic shield (shielding material) having a high magnetic permeability, a high magnetic permeability may increase the inductance value measured in the transmitting coil. On the other hand, a foreign substance of the metal type may reduce the inductance value.

์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์œผ๋กœ LC ๊ณต์ง„ ํšŒ๋กœ์˜ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ๊ณต์ง„ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜(f_resonant)๋Š”

Figure PCTKR2019010760-appb-I000001
๋กœ ๊ณ„์‚ฐ๋œ๋‹ค.In general, in the case of an LC resonant circuit, the resonant frequency (f_resonant) is
Figure PCTKR2019010760-appb-I000001
Is calculated as

์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋งŒ์ด ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜๋ฉด, L๊ฐ’์ด ์ฆ๊ฐ€๋˜๋ฏ€๋กœ ๊ณต์ง„์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋Š” ์ž‘์•„์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ๊ณต์ง„ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋Š” ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ์ถ•์ƒ์—์„œ ์™ผ์ชฝ์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋™(์‰ฌํ”„ํŠธ)ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.If only the wireless power receiver is placed in the charging area of the transmitter, the L value is increased, so that the resonance frequency is reduced. That is, the resonance frequency is shifted (shifted) to the left on the frequency axis.

๋ฐ˜๋ฉด, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜๋ฉด, L๊ฐ’์ด ๊ฐ์†Œ์‹œํ‚ค๋ฏ€๋กœ ๊ณต์ง„์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋Š” ์ปค์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ๊ณต์ง„ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋Š” ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ์ถ•์ƒ์—์„œ ์˜ค๋ฅธ์ชฝ์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋™(์‰ฌํ”„ํŠธ)ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.On the other hand, when a foreign material is placed in the charging area of the transmitter, the L value decreases, and thus the resonance frequency increases. That is, the resonance frequency is shifted (shifted) to the right on the frequency axis.

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์˜ ๋ณ€ํ™”์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmitter according to another embodiment may determine the presence or absence of a foreign material disposed in the charging region based on the change in the peak frequency of the quality factor.

์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ํ•ด๋‹น ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๋Œ€์‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์„ค์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜-์ดํ•˜, ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด โ€˜๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜(pf_reference)โ€™ ๋˜๋Š” โ€˜๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜โ€™๋ผ ๋ช…ํ•จ-์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ํš๋“ํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์†Œ์ • ๊ธฐ๋ก ์˜์—ญ์— ์œ ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmitter acquires information on a preset quality factor peak frequency corresponding to a corresponding transmitter type from the receiver or hereinafter, a business card called 'reference quality factor peak frequency (pf_reference)' or 'reference peak frequency' for convenience of description. It can be held in a predetermined recording area.

์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ๋ฌผ์ฒด๊ฐ€ ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜์—ˆ์Œ์„ ๊ฐ์ง€ํ•˜๋ฉด, ํ•‘ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(420)๋กœ์˜ ์ง„์ž… ์ด์ „์— ๋™์ž‘ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๋Œ€์—ญ ๋‚ด ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ฐ’์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ธก์ • ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์‹๋ณ„๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์™€ ๊ตฌ๋ถ„ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด โ€˜์ธก์ • ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜(pf_measured)โ€™ ๋˜๋Š” โ€˜์ธก์ • ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜โ€™๋ผ ๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.When the transmitter detects that an object is placed in the charging area, it can measure the value of the quality factor value in the operating frequency band before entering the ping step 420, and identify the quality factor peak frequency based on the measurement result. Here, in order to distinguish the identified quality factor peak frequency from the reference quality factor peak frequency, it is referred to as 'measurement quality factor peak frequency (pf_measured)' or 'measurement peak frequency'.

ํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(430)์—์„œ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์™€ ์ธก์ • ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the negotiation step 430, the transmitter may determine whether a foreign substance is present based on the reference quality factor peak frequency and the measured quality factor peak frequency.

๋งŒ์•ฝ, ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์‹๋ณ„ ๋ฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(430) ๋˜๋Š” ํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(440)์—์„œ ์†Œ์ • ํŒจํ‚ท์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.If information regarding the reference quality factor peak frequency is received from the receiver, it may be received through a predetermined packet in the identification and configuration step 430 or the negotiation step 440.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์‹๋ณ„ ๋ฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(430)๋Š” ์ž์‹ ์˜ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์— ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž… ์ •๋ณด์— ๋Œ€์‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ €์žฅ๋œ ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ํ•ด๋‹น ๋ฉ”๋ชจ๋ฆฌ์—์„œ ๋…์ถœํ•˜๊ณ , ๋…์ถœ๋œ ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์— ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As an example, the transmitter identifies and configures step 430 may transmit information regarding its transmitter type to the receiver. The receiver may read the reference quality factor peak frequency stored in advance in the corresponding memory in response to the received transmitter type information, and transmit information on the read reference quality factor peak frequency to the transmitter.

๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•๊ณผ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.According to another embodiment, the transmitter may determine whether a foreign object exists by using both a foreign material detection method based on a quality factor peak frequency and a foreign material detection method based on a quality factor value.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ธก์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์˜ ๋น„๊ต ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ ํฐ ์ฐจ์ด๊ฐ€ ์—†๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ-์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค๋ฉด, ๋‘ ๊ฐ’ ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ฐจ์ด๊ฐ€ 10% ์ดํ•˜์ธ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ-, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์™€ ์ธก์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, when there is no significant difference as a result of comparing the reference quality factor value corresponding to the transmitter type and the measured quality factor value, for example, when the difference between the two values is 10% or less, the reference quality corresponding to the transmitter type The presence or absence of foreign matter may be determined by comparing the peak frequency of the factor with the peak frequency of the measured quality factor.

๋ฐ˜๋ฉด, ๋‘ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์˜ ์ฐจ์ด๊ฐ€ 10%๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ฆ‰์‹œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.On the other hand, if the difference between the two quality factor values exceeds 10%, the transmitter can immediately determine that a foreign substance is present.

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ธก์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์˜ ๋น„๊ต ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์—†๋‹ค๊ณ  ํŒ๋‹จ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์™€ ์ธก์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.According to another embodiment, when it is determined that there is no foreign material as a result of comparing the quality factor threshold value determined based on the reference quality factor value corresponding to the transmitter type and the measured quality factor value, the transmitter determines the reference quality factor peak frequency corresponding to the transmitter type and The presence or absence of foreign matter may be determined by comparing the measured peak frequency of the quality factor.

์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์„ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ์šฉ์ดํ•˜๊ธฐ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์‹๋ณ„๋œ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์— ํ•ด๋‹น ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์š”์ฒญํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด ํ›„, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๊ฐ€ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜๋ฉด, ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์™€ ์ธก์ • ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์„ ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ •ํ™•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.If it is not easy to detect a foreign object based on the quality factor value, the transmitter may request information on the reference quality factor peak frequency corresponding to the corresponding transmitter type to the identified receiver. Thereafter, when the information on the reference quality factor peak frequency is received from the receiver, the transmitter may determine whether a foreign substance is present using the reference quality factor peak frequency and the measurement quality factor peak frequency. Through this, the transmitter can more accurately detect the foreign matter disposed in the charging area.

์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋ฌผ์ฒด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ์ง€ํ•˜๋ฉด, ํ•‘ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(420)์— ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ํ™œ์„ฑํ™”(Wake up)์‹œํ‚ค๊ณ , ๊ฐ์ง€๋œ ๋ฌผ์ฒด๊ฐ€ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์ธ์ง€๋ฅผ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋””์ง€ํ„ธ ํ•‘(Digital Ping)์„ ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Upon detecting an object, the transmitter may enter a ping step 420 to wake up the receiver, and transmit a digital ping to identify whether the detected object is a wireless power receiver.

ํ•‘ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(420)์—์„œ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋””์ง€ํ„ธ ํ•‘์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์‘๋‹ต ์‹œ๊ทธ๋„-์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค๋ฉด, ์‹ ํ˜ธ ์„ธ๊ธฐ ํŒจํ‚ท-์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜์ง€ ๋ชปํ•˜๋ฉด, ๋‹ค์‹œ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋กœ ์ฒœ์ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the ping step 420, if the transmitter does not receive a response signal for the digital ping-for example, a signal strength packet-from the receiver, it may transition back to the selection step 410.

๋˜ํ•œ, ํ•‘ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(420)์—์„œ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ํŒŒ์›Œ ์ „์†ก์ด ์™„๋ฃŒ๋˜์—ˆ์Œ์„ ์ง€์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ์‹ ํ˜ธ-์ฆ‰, ์ถฉ์ „ ์™„๋ฃŒ ํŒจํ‚ท-์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•˜๋ฉด, ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋กœ ์ฒœ์ดํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, in the ping step 420, the transmitter may transition to the selection step 410 when it receives a signal indicating that power transmission is completed from the receiver, that is, a charging complete packet.

ํ•‘ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(420)๊ฐ€ ์™„๋ฃŒ๋˜๋ฉด, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๊ณ  ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ๋ฐ ์ƒํƒœ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์ง‘ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์‹๋ณ„ ๋ฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(430)๋กœ ์ฒœ์ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.When the ping step 420 is complete, the transmitter can transition to the identification and configuration step 430 to identify the receiver and collect receiver configuration and status information.

์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์‹๋ณ„ ๋ฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(430)์—์„œ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์— ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmitter may transmit information regarding the transmitter type to the receiver in the identification and configuration step 430.

์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์‹๋ณ„ ๋ฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(430)์—์„œ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์— ์š”๊ตฌํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์š”๊ตฌ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์— ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The receiver may request information on the transmitter type from the identification and configuration step 430 to the transmitter, and the transmitter may transmit information on the transmitter type to the receiver according to the request of the receiver.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์‹๋ณ„ ๋ฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(430)์—์„œ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์›ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ํŒจํ‚ท์ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜(unexpected packet), ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •์˜๋œ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ๋™์•ˆ ์›ํ•˜๋Š” ํŒจํ‚ท์ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ฑฐ๋‚˜(time out), ํŒจํ‚ท ์ „์†ก ์˜ค๋ฅ˜๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๊ฑฐ๋‚˜(transmission error), ํŒŒ์›Œ ์ „์†ก ๊ณ„์•ฝ์ด ์„ค์ •๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด(no power transfer contract) ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋กœ ์ฒœ์ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, in the identification and configuration step 430, the transmitter may receive an unexpected packet (unexpected packet), or receive a desired packet for a predefined time (time out), a packet transmission error (transmission error), or power If no transfer contract is established (no power transfer contract), the process may transition to the selection step 410.

์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์‹๋ณ„ ๋ฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(430)์—์„œ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ํŒจํ‚ท(Configuration packet)์˜ ํ˜‘์ƒ ํ•„๋“œ(Negotiation Field) ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(440)๋กœ์˜ ์ง„์ž…์ด ํ•„์š”ํ•œ์ง€ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํ™•์ธํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmitter may check whether entry into the negotiation step 440 is necessary based on the value of the negotiation field of the configuration packet received in the identification and configuration step 430.

ํ™•์ธ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ, ํ˜‘์ƒ์ด ํ•„์š”ํ•˜๋ฉด, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(440)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜์—ฌ ์†Œ์ • FOD ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As a result of the confirmation, if negotiation is required, the transmitter may enter the negotiation step 440 to perform a predetermined FOD detection procedure.

๋ฐ˜๋ฉด, ํ™•์ธ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ, ํ˜‘์ƒ์ด ํ•„์š”ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๊ณง๋ฐ”๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.On the other hand, as a result of the confirmation, if negotiation is not required, the transmitter may immediately enter the power transmission step 460.

์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์‹๋ณ„ ๋ฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(430)์—์„œ ํ•ด๋‹น ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ชจ๋“œ๋งŒ์„ ์ง€์›ํ•˜๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ํ™•์ธ๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(440)๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ , ๊ณง๋ฐ”๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.When the wireless power transmitter according to an embodiment is identified as a receiver supporting only the first power transmission mode in the identification and configuration step 430, the wireless power transmitter does not perform the negotiation step 440, and immediately transmits the power. You can enter 460.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋กœ์˜ ์ง„์ž… ํ›„ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์†Œ์ • ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋Š” ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ ˆ์ฐจ์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€๋Š” ์•Š์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค(Power loss)์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๊ฐ€ ์ ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmitter may periodically perform a process for detecting a foreign object after entering the power transmission step 460. Here, the foreign substance detection procedure may be a foreign substance detection procedure based on a quality factor value, but is not limited thereto, and a foreign substance detection procedure based on power loss may be applied.

์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ „์†ก ์ „๋ ฅ๊ณผ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์ฐจ์ด๋ฅผ ์†Œ์ • ๊ธฐ์ค€์น˜์™€ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ์„œ ์ž์„ธํ•œ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋Š” ํ›„์ˆ ํ•  ๋„๋ฉด๋“ค์˜ ์„ค๋ช…์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋ช…ํ™•ํ•ด์งˆ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.The foreign matter detection procedure based on the power loss is a method of determining whether a foreign substance exists by comparing a difference between the transmitted power of the wireless power transmitter and the received power of the wireless power receiver with a predetermined reference value. will be.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(440)์—์„œ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์ด ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ƒํƒœ ํŒจํ‚ท(FOD(Foreign Object Detection) Status Packet)์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋˜๋Š”, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๊ฐ’์ด ํฌํ•จ๋œ FOD Status Packet์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, in the negotiation step 440, the transmitter may receive a Foreign Object Detection (FOD) Status Packet (FOD) containing a reference quality factor value. Alternatively, a FOD Status Packet including a reference peak frequency value corresponding to the transmitter type may be received.

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(440)์—์„œ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’ ๋ฐ ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๊ฐ’์ด ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ ํŒจํ‚ท์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด๋•Œ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As another example, in the negotiation step 440, the transmitter may receive a status packet including a reference quality factor value and a reference peak frequency value corresponding to the transmitter type. In this case, the transmitter may determine a quality factor threshold value for detecting foreign substances based on the reference quality factor value corresponding to the transmitter type.

์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ํƒ€์ž…์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๊ฒฐ์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’ ๋ฐ(๋˜๋Š”) ๊ฒฐ์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’์„ ์ธก์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’-ํ•‘ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(420) ์ด์ „์— ์ธก์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•จ- ๋ฐ(๋˜๋Š”) ์ธก์ • ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์„ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmitter may determine a quality factor peak frequency threshold for detecting foreign substances based on a reference quality factor peak frequency value corresponding to the transmitter type. The transmitter measures the determined quality factor threshold and / or the determined quality factor peak frequency threshold to the measured quality factor value-means the quality factor value measured prior to the ping step 420-and / or the measured quality factor peak frequency It is also possible to detect the foreign matter disposed in the filling area by comparing with the value.

์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์ œ์–ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ๊ฒ€์ถœ๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ƒํƒœ ํŒจํ‚ท์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์‘๋‹ต์œผ๋กœ ๋„ค๊ฑฐํ‹ฐ๋ธŒ ์‘๋‹ต ํŒจํ‚ท(Negative acknowledge packet)์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ, ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์ด ์ค‘๋‹จ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€๋Š” ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค.The transmitter can control the power transmission according to the result of the foreign object detection. For example, when a foreign object is detected, the transmitter may transmit a negative acknowledgment packet to the receiver in response to the foreign object detection status packet. Accordingly, power transmission may be stopped, but is not limited thereto.

์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๊ฒฐ์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’ ๋ฐ ์ธก์ • ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ํ”ผํฌ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜ ๊ฐ’์„ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์„ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์ œ์–ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ๊ฒ€์ถœ๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ƒํƒœ ํŒจํ‚ท(FOD Status Packet)์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์‘๋‹ต์œผ๋กœ NACK ํŒจํ‚ท(Negative acknowledge packet)์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ, ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์ด ์ค‘๋‹จ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€๋Š” ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค.The transmitter compares the determined quality factor peak frequency threshold and the measured quality factor peak frequency value to detect a foreign substance disposed in the charging area. The transmitter can control the power transmission according to the result of the foreign object detection. For example, when a foreign object is detected, the transmitter may transmit a negative acknowledgment packet (NACK packet) to the receiver in response to the foreign object detection status packet (FOD Status Packet). Accordingly, power transmission may be stopped, but is not limited thereto.

์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ๊ฒ€์ถœ๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ถฉ์ „ ์ข…๋ฃŒ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€(End of Charge Message)๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.When a foreign object is detected, the transmitter may receive an End of Charge Message from the receiver, and may enter the selection step 410 accordingly.

์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(440)์—์„œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ๊ฒ€์ถœ๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S415).The transmitter according to the embodiment may enter the power transmission step 460 when a foreign object is detected in the negotiation step 440 (S415).

๋ฐ˜๋ฉด, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ๊ฒ€์ถœ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(440)๋ฅผ ์™„๋ฃŒํ•˜๊ณ , ๋ณด์ • ๋‹จ๊ณ„(450)๋ฅผ ๊ฑฐ์ณ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S407 ๋ฐ S409).On the other hand, if no foreign matter is detected, the transmitter may complete the negotiation step 440 for the transmission power, and may enter the power transmission step 460 through the correction step 450 (S407 and S409).

์ƒ์„ธํ•˜๊ฒŒ, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ๊ฒ€์ถœ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋ณด์ • ๋‹จ๊ณ„(450)์—์„œ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ์— ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์„ธ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ์—์„œ ์ „์†กํ•œ ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์„ธ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ๊ณผ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ์—์„œ์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋ณด์ • ๋‹จ๊ณ„(450)์—์„œ ์†ก์‹ ๋‹จ์—์„œ์˜ ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ๊ณผ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋‹จ์—์„œ์˜ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์„ธ๊ธฐ ์ฐจ์ด์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์˜ˆ์ธก(๋˜๋Š” ์‚ฐ์ถœ)ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In detail, if no foreign matter is detected, the transmitter determines the strength of the power received at the receiving end in the correction step 450, and measures the power loss at the receiving end and the transmitting end to determine the intensity of the power transmitted from the transmitting end. You can. That is, the transmitter may predict (or calculate) the power loss based on the difference in intensity between the transmit power at the transmitting end and the received power at the receiving end in the correction step 450.

์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)์—์„œ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์›ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ํŒจํ‚ท์ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜(unexpected packet), ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ •์˜๋œ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ๋™์•ˆ ์›ํ•˜๋Š” ํŒจํ‚ท์ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ฑฐ๋‚˜(time out), ๊ธฐ ์„ค์ •๋œ ํŒŒ์›Œ ์ „์†ก ๊ณ„์•ฝ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์œ„๋ฐ˜์ด ๋ฐœ์ƒ๋˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜(power transfer contract violation), ์ถฉ์ „์ด ์™„๋ฃŒ๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S410).In the power transmission step 460, the transmitter may receive an unsolicited packet (unexpected packet), a desired packet for a predefined time (time out), or a violation of a preset power transmission contract (power). transfer contract violation), when charging is completed, the selection step 410 may be entered (S410).

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)์—์„œ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ์ƒํƒœ ๋ณ€ํ™” ๋“ฑ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ํŒŒ์›Œ ์ „์†ก ๊ณ„์•ฝ์„ ์žฌ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•  ํ•„์š”๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์žฌํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(470)๋กœ ์ฒœ์ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S411). ์ด๋•Œ, ์žฌํ˜‘์ƒ์ด ์ •์ƒ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์™„๋ฃŒ๋˜๋ฉด, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋กœ ํšŒ๊ท€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S413).In addition, in the power transmission step 460, the transmitter may transition to the renegotiation step 470 when it is necessary to reconfigure the power transmission contract according to a change in the transmitter state (S411). At this time, if the renegotiation is normally completed, the transmitter may return to the power transmission step 460 (S413).

์ƒ๊ธฐํ•œ ํŒŒ์›Œ ์ „์†ก ๊ณ„์•ฝ์€ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์™€ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ƒํƒœ ๋ฐ ํŠน์„ฑ ์ •๋ณด์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์„ค์ •๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ ์ƒํƒœ ์ •๋ณด๋Š” ์ตœ๋Œ€ ์ „์†ก ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ํŒŒ์›Œ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด, ์ตœ๋Œ€ ์ˆ˜์šฉ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ ๊ฐœ์ˆ˜์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด ๋“ฑ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ ์ƒํƒœ ์ •๋ณด๋Š” ์š”๊ตฌ ์ „๋ ฅ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด ๋“ฑ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The above-described power transmission contract may be established based on the status and characteristic information of the transmitter and receiver. For example, the transmitter status information may include information on the maximum transmittable power, information on the maximum number of receivers that can be accommodated, and receiver status information may include information on required power.

์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์— ์˜ํ•ด ์š”๊ตฌ๋˜๋Š” ๋ณด์žฅ ์ „๋ ฅ์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ชจ๋“œ ์ค‘ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ชจ๋“œ ์ค‘ ์–ด๋А ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๋™์ž‘ ๋ชจ๋“œ๋กœ ๋™์ž‘ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmitter according to the embodiment may operate in any one of the first power transmission mode and the second power transmission mode based on the guaranteed power required by the wireless power receiver.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ชจ๋“œ๋งŒ์„ ์ง€์›ํ•˜๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์ด๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ชจ๋“œ ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ชจ๋“œ๋ฅผ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ง€์›ํ•˜๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power receiver connected to the wireless power transmitter may be a receiver supporting only the first power transmission mode or a receiver supporting both the first power transmission mode and the second power transmission mode.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ชจ๋“œ์— ์ƒ์‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ์„ค์ • ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๋ณด์žฅ ์ „๋ ฅ์€ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ชจ๋“œ์—์„œ ์„ค์ • ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๋ณด์žฅ ์ „๋ ฅ๋ณด๋‹ค ํด ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Here, the guaranteed power that can be set corresponding to the second power transmission mode may be greater than the guaranteed power that can be set in the first power transmission mode.

๋„ 5๋Š” ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ์—์„œ์˜ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ํ๋ฆ„๋„์ด๋‹ค.5 is a flowchart illustrating a foreign matter detection procedure in a wireless power transmission system according to an embodiment.

์ƒ์„ธํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋„ 5๋Š” ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ชจ๋“œ์—์„œ์˜ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.In detail, FIG. 5 is a diagram for describing a foreign matter detection procedure in the second power transmission mode.

๋„ 5๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(510)๋Š” ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ ๋ฌผ์ฒด๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ์ง€๋˜๋ฉด, ํ•‘ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ์˜ ์ง„์ž… ์ด์ „์— ์†Œ์ • ๊ธฐ์ค€ ๋™์ž‘ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜์—์„œ์˜ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S501). ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ๊ธฐ์ค€ ๋™์ž‘ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜๋Š” ๊ณต์ง„ ์ฃผํŒŒ์ˆ˜(resonance frequency)์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜ ์ด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€๋Š” ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค. ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(510)๋Š” ์ธก์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์„ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ๋ฉ”๋ชจ๋ฆฌ์— ์ €์žฅํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S502).Referring to FIG. 5, when an object is detected in the selection step, the wireless power transmitter 510 may measure the quality factor value at a predetermined reference operating frequency before entering the ping step (S501). Here, the reference operating frequency may be a resonance frequency, but is not limited thereto. The wireless power transmitter 510 may store the measured quality factor value in the internal memory (S502).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(510)๋Š” ํ•‘ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐํ•œ ๋„ 3์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ๊ฐ์ง€ ์‹ ํ˜ธ ์ „์†ก ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S503).The wireless power transmitter 510 may enter the ping step and perform the detection signal transmission procedure described in FIG. 3 above (S503).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(510)๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(520)๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ์ง€๋˜๋ฉด, ์‹๋ณ„ ๋ฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜์—ฌ ์‹๋ณ„ ํŒจํ‚ท ๋ฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ํŒจํ‚ท์„ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S504 ๋ฐ S505).When the wireless power transmitter 510 detects the wireless power receiver 520, the wireless power transmitter 510 may enter an identification and configuration step to receive identification packets and configuration packets (S504 and S505).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(510)๋Š” ํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ƒํƒœ ํŒจํ‚ท์„ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(520)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ˆ˜์‹ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S506). ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ƒํƒœ ํŒจํ‚ท์€ ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmitter 510 may enter a negotiation step and receive a foreign object detection status packet from the wireless power receiver 520 (S506). Here, the foreign matter detection status packet may include a reference quality factor value.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(510)๋Š” ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ƒํƒœ ํŒจํ‚ท์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€ ํŒ๋‹จ์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S507).The wireless power receiver 510 may determine a threshold value for determining whether a foreign object exists based on the reference quality factor value included in the foreign matter detection status packet (S507).

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’์€ ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’๋ณด๋‹ค ์†Œ์ • ๋น„์œจ๋งŒํผ ์ž‘์€ ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, the threshold value may be determined as a value smaller than a reference quality factor value by a predetermined ratio.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(510)๋Š” ์ธก์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋œ ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’์„ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์„ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S508). ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ธก์ •๋œ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์ด ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘์œผ๋ฉด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(510)๋Š” ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmitter 510 may detect a foreign material by comparing the measured quality factor value with the determined threshold value (S508). Here, when the measured quality factor value is smaller than the threshold value, the wireless power transmitter 510 may determine that a foreign substance exists in the charging area.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(510)๋Š” ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ACK ์‘๋‹ต ๋˜๋Š” NACK ์‘๋‹ต ๋˜๋Š” ND(No Decision) ์‘๋‹ต์„ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(520)์— ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S509).The wireless power transmitter 510 may transmit an ACK response or a NACK response or a ND (No Decision) response to the wireless power receiver 520 according to the result of the foreign object detection (S509).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(520)๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(510)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ NACK ์‘๋‹ต ๋˜๋Š” ND ์‘๋‹ต์ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜๋ฉด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(510)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์ด ์™„์ „ํžˆ ์ค‘๋‹จ๋  ๋•Œ๊นŒ์ง€ ์ž์‹ ์˜ ์ถœ๋ ฅ ๋‹จ์ž๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ „์ž ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ(๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐฐํ„ฐ๋ฆฌ/๋ถ€ํ•˜)์— ์ผ์ • ์„ธ๊ธฐ ์ด์ƒ์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ์ด ๊ณต๊ธ‰๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๋„๋ก ์ œ์–ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.When the NACK response or the ND response is received from the wireless power transmitter 510, the wireless power receiver 520 receives an electronic device (or battery) through its output terminal until power transmission is completely stopped by the wireless power transmitter 510. / Load) can be controlled so that power over a certain intensity is not supplied.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ผ์ • ์„ธ๊ธฐ ์ด์ƒ์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ์€ 5W๊ฐ€ ๊ธฐ์ค€์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€๋Š” ์•Š์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๋‹น์—…์ž์˜ ์„ค๊ณ„ ๋ฐ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(510)๊ฐ€ ํƒ‘์žฌ๋œ ์ „์ž ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ ๋ฐ(๋˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(510)์™€ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ ๋ฐฐํ„ฐ๋ฆฌ/๋ถ€ํ•˜)์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ƒ์ดํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ •์˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Here, the power of a certain intensity or more may be 5W as a standard, but is not limited thereto, and it is not limited to the design of a person skilled in the art and an electronic device equipped with a wireless power receiver 510 and / or a battery / load connected to the wireless power receiver 510 It can therefore be defined differently.

๋„ 6์€ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜์˜ ์„ธ๋ถ€ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ธ”๋ก๋„์ด๋‹ค.ย 6 is a block diagram illustrating a detailed structure of a wireless power transmission apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.

๋„ 6์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜(600)๋Š” ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(610), ์ „๋ ฅ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(620), ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(630), ๋ณต์กฐ๊ธฐ(640), ์ „๋ฅ˜ ์„ผ์„œ(650), ๋ฉ”๋ชจ๋ฆฌ(660), ์ „์› ์ž…๋ ฅ ๋‹จ์ž(670)์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Referring to FIG. 6, the wireless power transmitter 600 includes a controller 610, a power converter 620, an antenna 630, a demodulator 640, a current sensor 650, a memory 660, and a power input terminal ( 670).

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ „๋ ฅ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(620)๋Š” ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(Invertor, 621) ๋ฐ ์ง๋ฅ˜-์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(DC-DC Convertor, 623)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Here, the power converter 620 may include an inverter (Invertor, 621) and a DC-DC converter (DC-DC Convertor, 623).

์ „์› ์ž…๋ ฅ ๋‹จ์ž(670)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ง๋ฅ˜ ์ „์••(V_in)์€ ์ง๋ฅ˜-์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(623)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ œ2 ์ง๋ฅ˜ ์ „์••(V_rail)์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๋œ ํ›„ ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(621)์˜ ๊ตฌ๋™ ์ „์••์œผ๋กœ ์ธ๊ฐ€๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The first DC voltage V_in applied through the power input terminal 670 may be converted into a second DC voltage V_rail by the DC-DC converter 623 and then applied as a driving voltage of the inverter 621. .

์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(610)๋Š” ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(621)์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ์Šค์œ„์น˜๋ฅผ ์ œ์–ดํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ์ œ1 ๋‚ด์ง€ ์ œN ์Šค์œ„์น˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ(SC_1 ๋ฐ SC_N)๋ฅผ ์ƒ์„ฑํ•˜์—ฌ ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(621)๋กœ ๊ณต๊ธ‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The controller 610 may generate the first to Nth switch control signals SC_1 and SC_N to control the plurality of switches provided in the inverter 621 and supply them to the inverter 621.

์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(621)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋‚ด์ง€ ์ œN ์Šค์œ„์น˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ œ2 ์ง๋ฅ˜ ์ „์••(V_rail)์„ ์Šค์œ„์นญ ์ œ์–ดํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ต๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ์ƒ์„ฑํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The inverter 621 may switch the second DC voltage V_rail according to the first to Nth switch control signals to generate an AC power signal.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ œ1 ๋‚ด์ง€ ์ œN ์Šค์œ„์น˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋Š” ํŽ„์Šค ํญ ๋ณ€์กฐ ์‹ ํ˜ธ์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Here, the first to Nth switch control signals may be pulse width modulated signals.

์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(630)๋Š” ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(621)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜๋Š” ๊ต๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ๊ณต์ง„ ํšŒ๋กœ(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)๋ฅผ ์ „์ž๊ธฐ์žฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋กœ ๋ณ€ํ™˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ฌด์„ ์œผ๋กœ ์ถœ๋ ฅํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The antenna 630 may convert a resonance circuit (not shown) provided with an AC power signal received from the inverter 621 into an electromagnetic field signal and output the signal wirelessly.

์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(630)๋Š” ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ์ธ๋•ํ„ฐ(Inductor, L)์™€ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ์บํŒจ์‹œํ„ฐ(Capacitor, C)๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ LC ๊ณต์ง„ ํšŒ๋กœ-์ฆ‰, LC Tank-๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In an embodiment, the antenna 630 may include an LC resonant circuit composed of at least one inductor (L) and at least one capacitor (Cacitor, C), that is, an LC tank.

์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ๋กœ ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(630)๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ-์ฆ‰, ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ์ธ๋•ํ„ฐ-๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ ๋‹จ์ผ ์ฝ”์ผ ํ˜•ํƒœ์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋ถˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(630)๋Š” ํ›„์ˆ ํ•  ๋„ 7์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ-์ฆ‰, ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ-๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In one embodiment, the antenna 630 may be in the form of a single coil composed of one transmission coil, that is, one inductor, but this is only one embodiment, and the antenna 630 according to another embodiment will be described later. As shown in 7, it may be composed of a plurality of transmission coils, that is, a plurality of transmission coils.

์ง๋ฅ˜-์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(623)์˜ ์ถœ๋ ฅ์ธ ์ œ2 ์ง๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ์€ ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ ์ž…๋ ฅ ์ „์•• ๋˜๋Š” ๋ธŒ์ด๋ ˆ์ผ(V_rail) ๋˜๋Š” ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ ๋™์ž‘ ์ „์•• ๋“ฑ๊ณผ ํ˜ผ์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.The second DC power, which is the output of the DC-DC converter 623, is used in combination with an inverter input voltage or V_rail or an inverter operating voltage for convenience of description.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋‚ด์ง€ ์ œN ์Šค์œ„์น˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ(SC_1 ๋ฐ SC_N)์˜ N ๊ฐ’์€ ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(621)์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๋Š” ์Šค์œ„์น˜-์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค๋ฉด, MOSFET(Metal-Oxide Semiconductor Field-Effect-Transistor) ์Šค์œ„์น˜์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์Œ-์˜ ๊ฐœ์ˆ˜์™€ ๋™์ผํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The N values of the first to Nth switch control signals SC_1 and SC_N are the number of switches provided in the inverter 621, for example, may be metal-oxide semiconductor field-effect-transistor (MOSFET) switches. Can be the same as

์ „๋ ฅ ์„ผ์„œ(650)๋Š” ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(610)์˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(630)์— ํ๋ฅด๋Š” ์ „๋ฅ˜ ๋ฐ ์ „์••์˜ ์„ธ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ธก์ • ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋ฅผ ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(610)์— ์ „๋‹ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The power sensor 650 may measure the strength of the current and voltage flowing through the antenna 630 according to the control signal of the controller 610, and transmit the measurement result to the controller 610.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(610)๋Š” ๋ฌผ์ฒด ๊ฐ์ง€ ํ›„ ํ•‘ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์ด์ „์— ์ „๋ ฅ ์„ผ์„œ(650)์— ์†Œ์ • ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•˜์—ฌ ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(630)์— ํ๋ฅด๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ œ์–ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, the controller 610 may control to measure the power flowing through the antenna 630 by transmitting a predetermined control signal to the power sensor 650 before entering the ping step after object detection.

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(610)๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋กœ์˜ ์ง„์ž… ํ›„ ์ „๋ ฅ ์„ผ์„œ(650)์— ์†Œ์ • ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ์ „์†กํ•˜์—ฌ ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(630)์˜ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์— ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ์ „์••์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ œ์–ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As another example, the controller 610 may control to measure the voltage applied to the transmission coil of the antenna 630 by transmitting a predetermined control signal to the power sensor 650 after entering the power transmission step 460.

์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(610)๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋กœ์˜ ์ง„์ž… ํ›„ ์ธก์ •๋œ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ „์••์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ๋ฅผ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The controller 610 may identify the alignment state of the transmitting and receiving coils based on the measured voltage of the transmitting coil after entering the power transmission step 460.

์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(610)๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ „์••์ด ์†Œ์ • ๊ธฐ์ค€์น˜๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด, ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๊ณ , ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ „์••์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธฐ์ค€์น˜ ์ดํ•˜์ด๋ฉด ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.If the voltage of the transmitting coil exceeds a predetermined reference value, the controller 610 determines that the transmitting and receiving coils are not aligned, and if the voltage of the transmitting coil is equal to or less than the reference value, the transmitting and receiving coils may be determined to be in an aligned state.

์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(610)๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ธก์ •๋œ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ „์••์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ๋ณด์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ๋ณด์ •๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์†Œ์ • ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜์™€ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.When the transmitting and receiving coils are not aligned, the controller 610 may correct power loss based on the measured voltage of the transmitting coil, and compare the corrected power loss with a predetermined power loss threshold to determine whether a foreign object is present.

์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(610)๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ๋ณ„๋„์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ๋ณด์ • ์—†์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•˜๊ณ , ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜์™€ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.When the transmit / receive coils are aligned, the controller 610 may calculate power loss without additional power loss correction, and compare the calculated power loss with the power loss threshold to determine whether a foreign object exists.

์ด์ƒ์˜ ๋„ 6์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ ์‘์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ •ํ™•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์„ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์žฅ์ ์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.As described above with reference to FIG. 6, the wireless power transmitter according to the embodiment has an advantage in that foreign substances can be more accurately detected by adaptively calculating power loss according to the alignment state of the transmitting and receiving coils.

๋„ 7์€ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋„ 6์˜ ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.7 is a view for explaining the antenna configuration of FIG. 6 according to an embodiment.

๋„ 7์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(630)๋Š” ์ฝ”์ผ ์„ ํƒ ํšŒ๋กœ(710), ์ฝ”์ผ ์–ด์…ˆ๋ธ”๋ฆฌ(720) ๋ฐ ๊ณต์ง„ ์บํŒจ์‹œํ„ฐ(730)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Referring to FIG. 7, the antenna 630 may include a coil selection circuit 710, a coil assembly 720, and a resonance capacitor 730.

์ฝ”์ผ ์–ด์…ˆ๋ธ”๋ฆฌ(720)๋Š” ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ-์ฆ‰, ์ œ1 ๋‚ด์ง€ ์ œN ์ฝ”์ผ-์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The coil assembly 720 may include at least one transmitting coil, that is, first to Nth coils.

์ฝ”์ผ ์„ ํƒ ํšŒ๋กœ(710)๋Š” ์ฝ”์ผ ์–ด์…ˆ๋ธ”๋ฆฌ(720)์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ค‘ ์–ด๋А ํ•˜๋‚˜ ๋˜๋Š” ์ ์–ด๋„ ์–ด๋А ํ•˜๋‚˜์— ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(621) ์ถœ๋ ฅ ์ „๋ฅ˜(I_coil)๊ฐ€ ์ „๋‹ฌ๋˜๋„๋ก ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ ์Šค์œ„์นญ ํšŒ๋กœ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The coil selection circuit 710 may include a switching circuit configured to transmit the output current I_coil of the inverter 621 to any one or at least one of the transmission coils included in the coil assembly 720.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ฝ”์ผ ์„ ํƒ ํšŒ๋กœ(710)๋Š” ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์˜ ์ผ๋‹จ์ด ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(621) ์ถœ๋ ฅ๋‹จ์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๊ณ  ํƒ€๋‹จ์ด ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์— ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ์ฝ”์ผ์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ ์ œ1 ๋‚ด์ง€ ์ œN ์Šค์œ„์น˜๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, the coil selection circuit 710 may include first to Nth switches whose one end is connected to the output terminal of the inverter 621 and the other end is connected to the coil corresponding to it.

์ฝ”์ผ ์–ด์…ˆ๋ธ”๋ฆฌ(720)์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์ œ1 ๋‚ด์ง€ ์ œN ์ฝ”์ผ์€ ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์˜ ์ผ๋‹จ์ด ์ฝ”์ผ ์„ ํƒ ํšŒ๋กœ(710)์˜ ๋Œ€์‘๋˜๋Š” ์Šค์œ„์น˜์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๊ณ , ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์˜ ํƒ€๋‹จ์ด ๊ณต์ง„ ์บํŒจ์‹œํ„ฐ(730)์™€ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The first to Nth coils included in the coil assembly 720 may have one end connected to a corresponding switch of the coil selection circuit 710, and the other end thereof connected to the resonant capacitor 730.

๋ณต์กฐ๊ธฐ(640)๋Š” ์ฝ”์ผ ์–ด์…ˆ๋ธ”๋ฆฌ(720)์™€ ๊ณต์ง„ ์บํ”ผ์‹œํ„ฐ(730) ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์‹ ํ˜ธ-์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋Š” ์ง„ํญ ๋ณ€์กฐ๋œ ์‹ ํ˜ธ์ž„-๋ฅผ ๋ณต์กฐํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(610)์— ์ „๋‹ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The demodulator 640 may demodulate the signal between the coil assembly 720 and the resonant capacitor 730, where the signal is an amplitude modulated signal, and transmit it to the controller 610.

๋„ 8์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋„ 6์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜์™€ ์—ฐ๋™๋˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์žฅ์น˜์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ธ”๋ก๋„์ด๋‹ค.FIG. 8 is a block diagram illustrating a structure of a wireless power receiving device interworking with the wireless power transmitting device of FIG. 6.

๋„ 8์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(800)๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(810), ์ •๋ฅ˜๊ธฐ(820), ์ง๋ฅ˜/์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(DC/DC Converter, 830), ์Šค์œ„์น˜(840), ๋ถ€ํ•˜(850), ๋ณ€์กฐ๋ถ€(860) ๋ฐ ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(870)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Referring to FIG. 8, the wireless power receiver 800 includes a receiving antenna 810, a rectifier 820, a DC / DC converter (830), a switch 840, a load 850, and a modulator ( 860) and a controller 870.

์ƒ๊ธฐํ•œ ๋„ 8์˜ ์˜ˆ์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(800)๋Š” ์ธ๋ฐด๋“œ ํ†ต์‹ ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์™€ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ๊ตํ™˜ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power receiver 800 shown in the example of FIG. 8 described above may exchange information with a wireless power transmitter through in-band communication.

์ˆ˜์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(810)๋Š” ์ธ๋•ํ„ฐ์™€ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ์บํŒจ์‹œํ„ฐ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The receiving antenna 810 may include an inductor and at least one capacitor.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(600)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ „์†ก๋œ AC ์ „๋ ฅ์€ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(810)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ •๋ฅ˜๊ธฐ(820)์— ์ „๋‹ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The AC power transmitted by the wireless power transmitter 600 may be transmitted to the rectifier 820 through the receiving antenna 810.

์ •๋ฅ˜๊ธฐ(820)๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(810)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ „๋‹ฌ ๋ฐ›์€ AC ์ „๋ ฅ์„ DC ์ „๋ ฅ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€ํ™˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ง๋ฅ˜/์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(830)์— ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The rectifier 820 may convert AC power received through the receiving antenna 810 into DC power and transmit it to the DC / DC converter 830.

์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(870)๋Š” ์ง๋ฅ˜/์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(830)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ์ „์••์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ๋ถ€ํŒ…๋˜์–ด ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์™€์˜ ํ†ต์‹  ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ์„ ์‹œ๋„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The controller 870 may boot according to the voltage applied from the DC / DC converter 830 to attempt communication connection with the wireless power transmitter.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(800)๊ฐ€ ๋ถ€ํŒ…๋˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ค€์น˜ ์ด์ƒ์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ์ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค.In order for the wireless power receiver 800 to be booted, power higher than a reference value must be received.

์ง๋ฅ˜/์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(830)๋Š” ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(870)์˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ •๋ฅ˜๊ธฐ(820)์˜ ์ถœ๋ ฅ DC ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์„ธ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๋ถ€ํ•˜(850)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์š”๊ตฌ๋˜๋Š” ํŠน์ • ์„ธ๊ธฐ๋กœ DC ์ „๋ ฅ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€ํ™˜ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The DC / DC converter 830 may convert the intensity of the output DC power of the rectifier 820 into DC power at a specific intensity required by the load 850 according to the control signal of the controller 870.

์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(870)๋Š” ์ •๋ฅ˜๊ธฐ(820)์˜ ์ถœ๋ ฅ DC ์ „๋ ฅ ์„ธ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ธก์ • ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์Šค์œ„์น˜(840)๋ฅผ ์ œ์–ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The controller 870 measures the output DC power intensity of the rectifier 820 and controls the switch 840 based on the measurement result.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(870)๋Š” ์ •๋ฅ˜๊ธฐ(820) ์ถœ๋ ฅ ์ „์••์ด ์†Œ์ • ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด, ์Šค์œ„์น˜(840)๋ฅผ OFFํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ถ€ํ•˜(850)์— ๊ณผ์ „์••์ด ์ „๋‹ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๋„๋ก ์ œ์–ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, if the output voltage of the rectifier 820 exceeds a predetermined threshold, the controller 870 may control the switch 840 to be turned off so that no overvoltage is transmitted to the load 850.

์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(870)๋Š” ์ •๋ฅ˜๊ธฐ(820)์˜ ์ถœ๋ ฅ DC ์ „๋ ฅ์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ œ์–ด๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The controller 870 may perform power control based on the output DC power of the rectifier 820.

๊ณผ์ „์••์ด ๊ฐ์ง€๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(870)๋Š” ๋ณ€์กฐ๋ถ€(860)๋ฅผ ์ œ์–ดํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ณผ์ „์••์ด ๊ฐ์ง€๋˜์—ˆ์Œ์„ ์•Œ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ์†Œ์ • ํŒจํ‚ท์„ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(600)์— ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.When the overvoltage is detected, the controller 870 may control the modulator 860 to transmit a predetermined packet indicating that the overvoltage is detected to the wireless power transmitter 600.

๋ณ€์กฐ๋ถ€(860)๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(810)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ AC ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ๋ณ€์กฐ ์Šค์œ„์น˜๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•ด ์ง„ํญ ๋ณ€์กฐํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ํ•ด๋‹น ํŒจํ‚ท์„ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(600)์— ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด๋•Œ, ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(870)๋Š” ๋ณ€์กฐ ์Šค์œ„์น˜๋ฅผ ์ œ์–ดํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์†Œ์ • ์Šค์œ„์น˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ์ƒ์„ฑํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The modulator 860 may transmit the corresponding packet to the wireless power transmitter 600 by amplitude-modulating the AC power signal received through the receiving antenna 810 using a modulating switch. At this time, the controller 870 may generate a predetermined switch control signal for controlling the modulation switch.

์ด๋•Œ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(600)๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(800)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ง„ํญ ๋ณ€์กฐ๋œ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ๋ณต์กฐ๊ธฐ(670)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋ณต์กฐํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.At this time, the wireless power transmitter 600 may demodulate through a demodulator 670 equipped with a signal amplitude-modulated by the wireless power receiver 800.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ผ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(800)๋Š” ํ˜‘์ƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(440)์— ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๋ฉด, ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์ด ํฌํ•จ๋œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ƒํƒœ ํŒจํ‚ท์„ ์ƒ์„ฑํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(600)์— ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.When entering the negotiation step 440, the wireless power receiver 800 according to an embodiment of the present invention may generate a foreign object detection status packet including a reference quality factor value and transmit it to the wireless power transmitter 600.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(600)๋Š” ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ƒํƒœ ํŒจํ‚ท์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ ๊ธฐ์ค€ ํ’ˆ์งˆ ์ธ์ž ๊ฐ’์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์†Œ์ • ์ž„๊ณ„ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmitter 600 may determine a predetermined threshold value for determining whether a foreign object exists based on the reference quality factor value included in the foreign matter detection status packet.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(800)๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)์— ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์„ธ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ธก์ •๋œ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์„ธ๊ธฐ์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์†Œ์ • ํŒจํ‚ท์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(600)์— ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์„ธ๊ธฐ์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋Š” ์ „์••, ์ „๋ฅ˜, ์ „๋ ฅ ์ค‘ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.When the wireless power receiver 800 enters the power transmission step 460, the intensity of the received power may be measured, and information on the measured intensity of the received power may be transmitted to the wireless power transmitter 600 through a predetermined packet. Here, the information on the strength of the received power may include at least one of voltage, current, and power.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(800)๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)์— ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๋ฉด ์ •๋ฅ˜๊ธฐ(820) ํ›„๋‹จ์—์„œ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์„ธ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ธก์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.When the wireless power receiver 800 enters the power transmission step 460, the intensity of the received power may be measured at the rear end of the rectifier 820.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(600)๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ(800)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์„ธ๊ธฐ์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmitter 600 may calculate the received power based on information on the strength of the received power received from the wireless power receiver 800.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(600)๋Š” ์ „์†ก ์ „๋ ฅ ๋ฐ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmitter 600 may calculate power loss based on transmit power and receive power.

๋˜ํ•œ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(600)๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ๋ฅผ ํ™•์ธํ•˜๊ณ , ํ™•์ธ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ๋ณด์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, the wireless power transmitter 600 may check the alignment state of the transmission / reception coils and correct the calculated power loss according to the confirmation result.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ(600)๋Š” ์‚ฐ์ถœ ๋˜๋Š” ๋ณด์ •๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmitter 600 may determine whether a foreign object is present based on the calculated or corrected power loss.

๋„ 9๋Š” ์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋„์ด๋‹ค.9 is a system configuration diagram illustrating a conventional method for detecting a foreign object based on power loss.

๋„ 9๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ „์›(911), ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(912), ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ ์„ผ์„œ(913), ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(914), ์†ก์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(915) ๋ฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(916)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Referring to FIG. 9, the wireless power transmitter may include a power source 911, a converter 912, a transmission power sensor 913, an inverter 914, a transmission antenna 915, and a transmission controller 916.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(921), ์ •๋ฅ˜๊ธฐ(922), ์ง๋ฅ˜/์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(923), ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ ์„ผ์„œ(924) ๋ฐ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(925)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ๋ถ€ํ•˜(926)์— ์ „์†กํ•˜์—ฌ ์ถฉ์ „์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power receiver may include a receive antenna 921, a rectifier 922, a DC / DC converter 923, a receive power sensor 924, and a receive controller 925. The wireless power receiver may perform charging by transmitting the received power to the load 926.

๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(912)๋Š” ์ „์›(911)์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ธ๊ฐ€๋œ ์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋˜๋Š” ๊ต๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ํŠน์ • ์ง๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The converter 912 may convert DC or AC power applied from the power source 911 into specific DC power.

์ด๋•Œ, ๋ณ€ํ™˜๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ์€ ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(914)์˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ตฌ๋™ ์ „์••์œผ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ๋ณ€ํ™˜๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ์€ ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(916)์˜ ๊ตฌ๋™์— ํ•„์š”ํ•œ ๊ตฌ๋™ ์ „์••์œผ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.At this time, the converted power may be used as a driving voltage for the operation of the inverter 914. Also, the converted power may be used as a driving voltage required to drive the transmission controller 916.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(916)๋Š” ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(912)๋ฅผ ์ œ์–ดํ•˜์—ฌ ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(914)์— ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ๊ตฌ๋™ ์ „์••์„ ์กฐ์ ˆํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 916 may control the converter 912 to adjust the driving voltage applied to the inverter 914.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(916)๋Š” ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(912) ์ถœ๋ ฅ๋‹จ์˜ ์ „์••-์ดํ•˜ ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด ์†ก์‹  ์ „์•• VTX๋ผ ๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ ํ•จ-์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 916 may measure the voltage at the output terminal of the converter 912-hereinafter referred to as transmission voltage V TX for convenience of description.

์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ฅ˜ ์„ผ์„œ(913)๋Š” ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(912) ์ถœ๋ ฅ๋‹จ์˜ ์ „๋ฅ˜-์ฆ‰, ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(914)์— ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ์ „๋ฅ˜(์ดํ•˜ ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ฅ˜ ITX๋ผ ๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ ํ•จ)-๋ฅผ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ธก์ • ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋ฅผ ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(916)์— ์ œ๊ณตํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission current sensor 913 measures the current at the output terminal of the converter 912, that is, the current applied to the inverter 914 (hereinafter referred to as transmission current I TX for convenience of description), and measures the measurement result. It can be provided to the transmission controller 916.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(916)๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์ „์•• VTX์™€ ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ฅ˜ ITX์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์„ธ๊ธฐ PTX๋ฅผ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 916 may calculate the intensity P TX of the transmission power based on the transmission voltage V TX and the transmission current I TX .

์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(914)๋Š” ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ์Šค์œ„์น˜๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜์–ด ๊ต๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ์ƒ์„ฑํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ๊ต๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋Š” ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(912)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ๊ตฌ๋™ ์ „์••๊ณผ ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(916)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ์Šค์œ„์น˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The inverter 914 is provided with a plurality of switches to generate an AC power signal. Here, the AC power signal may be generated based on a driving voltage applied from the converter 912 and a plurality of switch control signals applied from the transmission controller 916.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(914)๊ฐ€ 4๊ฐœ์˜ ์Šค์œ„์น˜(Q1 ๋‚ด์ง€ Q4)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ํ’€-๋ธŒ๋ฆฟ์ง€(Full-Bridge) ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ์ธ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์Šค์œ„์น˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋‚ด์ง€ ์ œ4 ์Šค์œ„์น˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ(SC_1 ๋‚ด์ง€ SC_4)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, when the inverter 914 is a full-bridge inverter including four switches Q1 to Q4, the switch control signal includes the first to fourth switch control signals SC_1 to SC_4. can do.

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(914)๊ฐ€ 2๊ฐœ์˜ ์Šค์œ„์น˜(Q1 ๋‚ด์ง€ Q4)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ํ•˜ํ”„-๋ธŒ๋ฆฟ์ง€(Half-Bridge) ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ์ธ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์Šค์œ„์น˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋‚ด์ง€ ์ œ2 ์Šค์œ„์น˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ(SC_1 ๋‚ด์ง€ SC_2)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As another example, when the inverter 914 is a half-bridge inverter including two switches Q1 to Q4, the switch control signal is the first to second switch control signals SC_1 to SC_2. It can contain.

์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(914)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ƒ์„ฑ๋œ ๊ต๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(915)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ „์†ก๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The AC power signal generated by the inverter 914 may be transmitted through the transmit antenna 915.

์†ก์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(915)๋Š” ์บํŒจ์‹œํ„ฐ L1๊ณผ ์ธ๋•ํ„ฐ C1์ด ์ง๋ ฌ๋กœ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ LC ๊ณต์ง„ ํšŒ๋กœ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmitting antenna 915 may include an LC resonance circuit in which the capacitor L1 and the inductor C1 are connected in series.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(921)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ๊ต๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋Š” ์ •๋ฅ˜๊ธฐ(922)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ง๋ฅ˜๋กœ ์ •๋ฅ˜๋œ ํ›„ ์ง๋ฅ˜/์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(923)๋กœ ์ „๋‹ฌ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The AC power signal received through the reception antenna 921 of the wireless power receiver may be rectified to DC by the rectifier 922 and then transmitted to the DC / DC converter 923.

์ง๋ฅ˜/์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(923)๋Š” ์ •๋ฅ˜๋œ ์ง๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ๋ถ€ํ•˜(926)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์š”๊ตฌ๋˜๋Š” ํŠน์ • ์ „๋ ฅ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€ํ™˜ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The DC / DC converter 923 may convert the rectified DC power signal into a specific power required by the load 926.

์ˆ˜์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(925)๋Š” ์ง๋ฅ˜/์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(923)์˜ ์ถœ๋ ฅ ์ „์•• VRX๋ฅผ ์ธก์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The reception controller 925 may measure the output voltage V RX of the DC / DC converter 923.

์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ฅ˜ ์„ผ์„œ(924)๋Š” ์ง๋ฅ˜/์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(923)์˜ ์ถœ๋ ฅ ์ „๋ฅ˜ IRX๋ฅผ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ธก์ • ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(925)์— ์ œ๊ณตํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The receiving current sensor 924 may measure the output current I RX of the DC / DC converter 923 and provide the measurement result to the receiving controller 925.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(925)๋Š” VRX ๋ฐ IRX์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” VRX ๋ฐ IRX์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ PRX๋ฅผ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, the reception controller 925 may transmit information about V RX and I RX to the wireless power transmitter. In this case, the wireless power transmitter may calculate the received power P RX based on V RX and I RX .

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(925)๋Š” VRX ๋ฐ IRX์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ PRX๋ฅผ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•˜๊ณ , ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ PRX์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example other, the reception controller 925 may send the information about the received power PRX calculated on the basis of P RX V I RX and RX, and calculating the wireless power transmitter.

์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ธ๋ฐด๋“œ ํ†ต์‹ ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด-์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋Š” VRX, IRX, PRX ์ค‘ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•จ- ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋ถˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋Œ€์—ญ์™ธ ํ†ต์‹ ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power receiver according to the embodiment may receive information on received power through in-band communication, where information on received power includes at least one of V RX , I RX , and P RX- may be transmitted to a wireless power transmitter, This is only one embodiment, and the wireless power receiver according to another embodiment may transmit information regarding received power to the wireless power transmitter through out-of-band communication.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(916)๋Š” ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ PTX์™€ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ PRX์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS๋ฅผ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 916 may calculate the power loss P LOSS based on the calculated transmission power P TX and the reception power P RX .

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(916)๋Š” PLOSS๋ฅผ ์†Œ์ • ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD์™€ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 916 may compare P LOSS with a predetermined power loss threshold P THRESHOLD to determine whether a foreign object is present.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, PLOSS๊ฐ€ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ํฌ๋ฉด, ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(916)๋Š” ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๊ณ , PLOSS๊ฐ€ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด, ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(916)๋Š” ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, if P LOSS is greater than P THRESHOLD , the transmission controller 916 determines that a foreign substance exists in the charging region, and if P LOSS is less than or equal to P THRESHOLD , the transmission controller 916 has a foreign substance in the charging region. It can be judged not to.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(916)๋Š” ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฉด ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๊ณ , ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(916)๋Š” ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด, ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)์„ ์œ ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 916 may enter the selection step 410 when a foreign substance is present in the charging area, and the transmission controller 916 may maintain the power transmission step 460 when the foreign substance is not present in the charging area.

์ด์ƒ์˜ ๋„ 9์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(915)์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ L1๊ณผ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(921)์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ L2๊ฐ€ ์ •๋ ฌ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ๋Š” ์ƒ์ˆ ํ•œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค.As described above, in the state in which the transmitting coil L1 provided in the transmitting antenna 915 and the receiving coil L2 provided in the receiving antenna 921 are aligned, the wireless power transmitter described in FIG. 9 above is based on the power loss. It was possible to judge the existence.

ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” PTHRESHOLD ์ด์ƒ์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์— ์˜ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ธ์ง€ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ๋ฏธ์ •๋ ฌ(Mis-allign)์— ์˜ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ธ์ง€ ์ •ํ™•ํžˆ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์—†๋Š” ๋ฌธ์ œ์ ์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.However, the conventional wireless power transmitter has a problem in that it is not possible to accurately identify whether power loss of P THRESHOLD or higher is due to foreign matter or mis-alignment of the transmission / reception coil.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๊ณ„์† ์ถฉ์ „์„ ์œ ์ง€ํ•ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ๋ฏธ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ๋ฅผ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ์˜คํŒํ•˜์—ฌ ์ถฉ์ „์„ ์ค‘๋‹จ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๋ฌธ์ œ์ ์ด ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค.For example, if the transmitting and receiving coils are not aligned in the absence of foreign matter, the wireless power transmitter must maintain charging. However, the conventional wireless power transmitter misinterprets the misaligned state of the transmitting / receiving coil as having a foreign material, and thus has a problem of stopping charging.

ํŠนํžˆ, ์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ํ›„์ˆ ํ•  ๋„ 11์˜ ์ƒํ™ฉ 2์™€ ์ƒํ™ฉ 3์„ ๊ตฌ๋ถ„ํ•˜์ง€ ๋ชปํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌธ์ œ์ ์ด ์žˆ์—ˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ •ํ™•๋„๊ฐ€ ๋–จ์–ด์ง€๋Š” ๋‹จ์ ์ด ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค.In particular, the conventional method for detecting a foreign substance based on power loss has a problem of not distinguishing between situation 2 and situation 3 of FIG. 11, which will be described later, and thus has a disadvantage in that the accuracy of foreign substance detection is poor.

๋„ 10์€ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์‹œ์Šคํ…œ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋„์ด๋‹ค.10 is a system configuration diagram illustrating a foreign matter detection method based on power loss according to an embodiment.

๋„ 10์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ „์›(1011), ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(1012), ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ ์„ผ์„œ(1013), ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(1014), ์†ก์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(1015) ๋ฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmitter according to the embodiment of FIG. 10 may include a power source 1011, a converter 1012, a transmission power sensor 1013, an inverter 1014, a transmission antenna 1015, and a transmission controller 1016.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(1021), ์ •๋ฅ˜๊ธฐ(1022), ์ง๋ฅ˜/์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(1023), ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ ์„ผ์„œ(1024) ๋ฐ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1025)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ๋ถ€ํ•˜(1026)์— ์ „์†กํ•˜์—ฌ ์ถฉ์ „์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power receiver may include a receive antenna 1021, a rectifier 1022, a DC / DC converter 1023, a receive power sensor 1024, and a receive controller 1025. The wireless power receiver may transmit the received power to the load 1026 to perform charging.

๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(1012)๋Š” ์ „์›(1011)์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ธ๊ฐ€๋œ ์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋˜๋Š” ๊ต๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ํŠน์ • ์ง๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The converter 1012 may convert DC or AC power applied from the power supply 1011 into specific DC power.

์ด๋•Œ, ๋ณ€ํ™˜๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ์€ ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(1014)์˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ตฌ๋™ ์ „์••์œผ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ๋ณ€ํ™˜๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ์€ ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)์˜ ๊ตฌ๋™์— ํ•„์š”ํ•œ ๊ตฌ๋™ ์ „์••์œผ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ๊ตฌ๋™ ์ „์••์€ ์ง๋ฅ˜ ์ „์••์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.At this time, the converted power may be used as a driving voltage for the operation of the inverter 1014. Also, the converted power may be used as a driving voltage required to drive the transmission controller 1016. Here, the driving voltage may be a DC voltage.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(1012)๋ฅผ ์ œ์–ดํ•˜์—ฌ ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(1014)์— ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ๊ตฌ๋™ ์ „์••์„ ์กฐ์ ˆํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 1016 may control the converter 1012 to adjust a driving voltage applied to the inverter 1014.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(1012) ์ถœ๋ ฅ๋‹จ์˜ ์ „์••-์ดํ•˜ ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด ์†ก์‹  ์ „์•• VTX๋ผ ๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ ํ•จ-์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 1016 may measure the voltage of the output terminal of the converter 1012-referred to as a transmission voltage V TX for convenience of description below.

์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ฅ˜ ์„ผ์„œ(1013)๋Š” ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(1012) ์ถœ๋ ฅ๋‹จ์˜ ์ „๋ฅ˜-์ฆ‰, ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(914)์— ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ์ „๋ฅ˜(์ดํ•˜ ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ฅ˜ ITX๋ผ ๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ ํ•จ)-๋ฅผ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ธก์ • ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋ฅผ ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)์— ์ œ๊ณตํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission current sensor 1013 measures the current at the output terminal of the converter 1012, that is, the current applied to the inverter 914 (hereinafter referred to as transmission current ITX for convenience of description)-and transmits the measurement result It can be provided to the controller 1016.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์ „์•• VTX์™€ ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ฅ˜ ITX์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์„ธ๊ธฐ PTX๋ฅผ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, PTX๋Š” VTX์™€ ITX์˜ ๊ณฑ์œผ๋กœ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 1016 may calculate the intensity P TX of the transmission power based on the transmission voltage V TX and the transmission current I TX . For example, PTX may be calculated as a product of V TX and I TX .

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(1015)์˜ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ L1์— ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ์ „์•• VTX_COIL์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 1016 may measure the voltage V TX_COIL applied to the transmission coil L1 of the transmission antenna 1015.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” VTX_COIL์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ๋ณด์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ๋ณด์ •๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 1016 may correct power loss based on V TX_COIL and determine whether a foreign object is present based on the corrected power loss.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(916)๊ฐ€ VTX_COIL์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ๋ณด์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ๋ณด์ •๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๊ตฌ์ฒด์ ์ธ ์ ˆ์ฐจ๋Š” ํ›„์ˆ ํ•  ์„ค๋ช…์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋ช…ํ™•ํ•ด์งˆ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.The specific procedure for the transmission controller 916 to correct the power loss based on V TX_COIL and to determine whether there is a foreign object based on the corrected power loss will become clearer through the description below.

์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(1014)๋Š” ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ์Šค์œ„์น˜๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜์–ด ๊ต๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ์ƒ์„ฑํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ๊ต๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋Š” ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(1012)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ๊ตฌ๋™ ์ „์••๊ณผ ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ์Šค์œ„์น˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The inverter 1014 is provided with a plurality of switches to generate an AC power signal. Here, the AC power signal may be generated based on a driving voltage applied from the converter 1012 and a plurality of switch control signals applied from the transmission controller 1016.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(1014)๊ฐ€ 4๊ฐœ์˜ ์Šค์œ„์น˜(Q1 ๋‚ด์ง€ Q4)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ํ’€ -๋ธŒ๋ฆฟ์ง€(Full-Bridge) ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ์ธ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์Šค์œ„์น˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋‚ด์ง€ ์ œ4 ์Šค์œ„์น˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ(SC_1 ๋‚ด์ง€ SC_4)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, when the inverter 1014 is a full-bridge inverter including four switches Q1 to Q4, the switch control signal includes the first to fourth switch control signals SC_1 to SC_4. can do.

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(1014)๊ฐ€ 2๊ฐœ์˜ ์Šค์œ„์น˜(Q1 ๋‚ด์ง€ Q4)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ํ•˜ํ”„-๋ธŒ๋ฆฟ์ง€(Half-Bridge) ์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ์ธ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์Šค์œ„์น˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋‚ด์ง€ ์ œ2 ์Šค์œ„์น˜ ์ œ์–ด ์‹ ํ˜ธ(SC_1 ๋‚ด์ง€ SC_2)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As another example, when the inverter 1014 is a half-bridge inverter including two switches Q1 to Q4, the switch control signal is the first to second switch control signals SC_1 to SC_2. It can contain.

์ธ๋ฒ„ํ„ฐ(1014)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ƒ์„ฑ๋œ ๊ต๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(1015)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ „์†ก๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The AC power signal generated by the inverter 1014 may be transmitted through the transmission antenna 1015.

์†ก์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(1015)๋Š” ์บํŒจ์‹œํ„ฐ L1๊ณผ ์ธ๋•ํ„ฐ C1์ด ์ง๋ ฌ๋กœ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ LC ๊ณต์ง„ ํšŒ๋กœ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmit antenna 1015 may include an LC resonance circuit in which the capacitor L1 and the inductor C1 are connected in series.

์ˆ˜์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(1021)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ˆ˜์‹ ๋œ ๊ต๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋Š” ์ •๋ฅ˜๊ธฐ(1022)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ง๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋กœ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๋œ ํ›„ ์ง๋ฅ˜/์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(1023)๋กœ ์ „๋‹ฌ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The AC power signal received through the receiving antenna 1021 may be converted into a DC power signal by the rectifier 1022 and then transmitted to the DC / DC converter 1023.

์ง๋ฅ˜/์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(1023)๋Š” ์ •๋ฅ˜๋œ ์ง๋ฅ˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์‹ ํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ๋ถ€ํ•˜(1026)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์š”๊ตฌ๋˜๋Š” ํŠน์ • ์ „๋ ฅ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€ํ™˜ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The DC / DC converter 1023 may convert the rectified DC power signal into a specific power required by the load 1026.

์ˆ˜์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1025)๋Š” ์ง๋ฅ˜/์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(1023)์˜ ์ถœ๋ ฅ ์ „์•• VRX๋ฅผ ์ธก์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The reception controller 1025 may measure the output voltage VRX of the DC / DC converter 1023.

์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ฅ˜ ์„ผ์„œ(1024)๋Š” ์ง๋ฅ˜/์ง๋ฅ˜ ๋ณ€ํ™˜๊ธฐ(1023)์˜ ์ถœ๋ ฅ ์ „๋ฅ˜ IRX๋ฅผ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ธก์ • ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1025)์— ์ œ๊ณตํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The receiving current sensor 1024 may measure the output current IRX of the DC / DC converter 1023 and provide the measurement result to the receiving controller 1025.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1025)๋Š” VRX ๋ฐ IRX์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” VRX ๋ฐ IRX์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ PRX๋ฅผ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. VRX ๋ฐ IRX์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋Š” ์ถฉ์ „ ์ค‘ ์†Œ์ • ์ฃผ๊ธฐ๋กœ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „์†ก๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, the reception controller 1025 may transmit information about V RX and I RX to the wireless power transmitter. In this case, the wireless power transmitter may calculate the received power P RX based on V RX and I RX . Information about V RX and I RX may be transmitted to the wireless power transmitter at a predetermined cycle during charging.

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1025)๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ์˜ ์ง„์ž… ํ›„ VRX ๋ฐ IRX์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ PRX๋ฅผ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•˜๊ณ , ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œPRX์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ์ฃผ๊ธฐ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As another example, the reception controller 1025 may calculate the received power P RX based on V RX and I RX after entering the power transmission step, and periodically transmit information on the calculated P RX to the wireless power transmitter. .

์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ธ๋ฐด๋“œ ํ†ต์‹ ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด-์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋Š” VRX, IRX, PRX ์ค‘ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•จ- ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋ถˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋Œ€์—ญ์™ธ ํ†ต์‹ ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์ •๋ณด๋ฅผ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „์†กํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power receiver according to the embodiment may receive information on received power through in-band communication, where information on received power includes at least one of V RX , I RX , and P RX- may be transmitted to a wireless power transmitter, This is only one embodiment, and the wireless power receiver according to another embodiment may transmit information regarding received power to the wireless power transmitter through out-of-band communication.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ PTX์™€ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ PRX์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS๋ฅผ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 1016 may calculate the power loss P LOSS based on the calculated transmission power P TX and the reception power P RX .

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” PLOSS๋ฅผ ์†Œ์ • ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD์™€ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 1016 may compare P LOSS with a predetermined power loss threshold P THRESHOLD to determine whether a foreign object is present.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, PLOSS๊ฐ€ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ํฌ๋ฉด, ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๊ณ , PLOSS๊ฐ€ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด, ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, if P LOSS is greater than P THRESHOLD , the transmission controller 1016 determines that a foreign substance exists in the charging region, and if P LOSS is less than or equal to P THRESHOLD , the transmission controller 1016 has a foreign substance in the charging region. It can be judged not to.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฉด ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๊ณ , ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด, ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)์„ ์œ ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 1016 may enter the selection step 410 when a foreign substance is present in the charging area, and the transmission controller 1016 may maintain the power transmission step 460 when no foreign substance is present in the charging area.

์ด์ƒ์˜ ๋„ 10์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(1015)์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ L1๊ณผ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์•ˆํ…Œ๋‚˜(1021)์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ L2๊ฐ€ ์ •๋ ฌ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ๋Š” ์ข…๋ž˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the wireless power transmitter described in FIG. 10, when the transmitting coil L1 provided in the transmitting antenna 1015 and the receiving coil L2 provided in the receiving antenna 1021 are aligned, the presence of the foreign matter by the foreign matter detection method based on the conventional power loss You can judge whether or not.

ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ L1๊ณผ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ L2๊ฐ€ ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ƒํƒœ์ด๋ฉด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD ์ด์ƒ์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์— ์˜ํ•œ ๋ฐœ์ƒ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ธ์ง€ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์•„ ๋ฐœ์ƒ๋˜๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ธ์ง€ ๊ตฌ๋ถ„ํ•˜์ง€ ๋ชปํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌธ์ œ์ ์ด ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค.However, in the conventional wireless power transmitter, if the transmitting coil L1 and the receiving coil L2 are not aligned, the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD or higher is a power loss caused by a foreign object or a power loss caused by the transmission / reception coil not being aligned. There was a problem that could not be done.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๊ณ„์† ์ถฉ์ „์„ ์œ ์ง€ํ•ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ๋ฏธ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ๋ฅผ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ์˜คํŒํ•˜์—ฌ ์ถฉ์ „์„ ์ค‘๋‹จ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๋ฌธ์ œ์ ์ด ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค.For example, if the transmitting and receiving coils are not aligned in the absence of foreign matter, the wireless power transmitter must maintain charging. However, the conventional wireless power transmitter misinterprets the misaligned state of the transmitting / receiving coil as having a foreign material, and thus has a problem of stopping charging.

ํŠนํžˆ, ์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ํ›„์ˆ ํ•  ๋„ 11์˜ ์ƒํ™ฉ 2์™€ ์ƒํ™ฉ 3์„ ๊ตฌ๋ถ„ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์–ด๋ ค์šด ๋ฌธ์ œ์ ์ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ์ •ํ™•๋„๊ฐ€ ์ €ํ•˜๋˜๋Š” ๋‹จ์ ์ด ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค.In particular, the conventional method for detecting a foreign substance based on power loss has a problem in that it is difficult to distinguish between situation 2 and situation 3 of FIG. 11 to be described later, and thus there is a disadvantage in that the accuracy of foreign substance detection is deteriorated.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ •ํ™•ํ•œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ์„ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD ์ด์ƒ์˜ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์— ์˜ํ•œ ๋ฐœ์ƒ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ธ์ง€ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์•„ ๋ฐœ์ƒ๋˜๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ธ์ง€ ๊ตฌ๋ถ„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์ˆ˜๋‹จ์ด ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋  ํ•„์š”๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Therefore, in order to detect a foreign substance more accurately, a wireless power transmitter needs to be provided with a means for distinguishing whether a power loss exceeding the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD is a power loss caused by a foreign material or a power loss caused by a misalignment of the transmitting and receiving coils. .

์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ L1์— ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ์ „์•• VTX_COIL์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ธก์ •๋œ VTX_COIL์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค๊ณผ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์„ค์ •๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜๋ฅผ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ํŒ๋‹จ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฉด, ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด, ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋ฅผ ์œ ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 1016 according to the embodiment may measure the voltage V TX_COIL applied to the transmission coil L1 and calculate power loss based on the measured V TX_COIL . The transmission controller 1016 may compare the calculated power loss with a preset power loss threshold to determine whether a foreign object is present. As a result of the determination, if a foreign object is present, the transmission controller 1016 enters the selection step 410, and if there is no foreign material, the power transmission step 460 may be maintained.

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ PTX์—์„œ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ PRX๋ฅผ ์ฐจ๊ฐํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•˜๊ณ , ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1๊ฐ€ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด, ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ L1์— ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ์ „์•• VTX_COIL์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 1016 according to another embodiment calculates the first power loss P LOSS # 1 by subtracting the received power P RX from the transmission power P TX , and the first power loss P LOSS # 1 sets the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD If it exceeds, the voltage V TX_COIL applied to the transmitting coil L1 can be measured.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” VTX_COIL์ด ์†Œ์ • ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ VTHRESHOLD๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด VTX_COIL์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณด์ •๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ธ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2๋ฅผ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2์™€ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ฅผ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Transmission controller 1016 can calculate the V TX_COIL is a second power loss power losses corrected on the basis of V TX_COIL when it exceeds a predetermined threshold coil voltage V THRESHOLD P LOSS # 2. The transmission controller 1016 may compare the second power loss P LOSS # 2 and the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD to determine whether a foreign material is present.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด, ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋งŒ์•ฝ, ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด, ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋ฅผ ์œ ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, if the second power loss P LOSS # 2 exceeds the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD , the transmission controller 1016 determines that a foreign object exists and may enter the selection step 410. If the second power loss P LOSS # 2 is less than or equal to the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD , the transmission controller 1016 determines that no foreign material exists and may maintain the power transmission step 460.

๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ L1์— ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ์ „์•• VTX_COIL์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 1016 according to another embodiment may measure the voltage V TX_COIL applied to the transmission coil L1.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” VTX_COIL์ด ์†Œ์ • ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ VTHRESHOLD์™€ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜๊ณ , ๋น„๊ต ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1 ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 1016 may compare V TX_COIL to a predetermined coil voltage threshold V THRESHOLD and calculate a first power loss P LOSS # 1 or a second power loss P LOSS # 2 according to the comparison result.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1์€ ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ PTX์—์„œ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ PRX๋ฅผ ์ฐจ๊ฐํ•˜์—ฌ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋˜๊ณ , ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2์€ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1 ์„ VTX_COIL์„ ์ด์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณด์ •ํ•œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Here, the first power loss P LOSS # 1 is calculated by subtracting the received power P RX from the transmission power P TX , and the second power loss P LOSS # 2 corrects the first power loss P LOSS # 1 using V TX_COIL . It can be one power loss.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” VTX_COIL์ด VTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด, ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•˜๊ณ , VTX_COIL์ด VTHRESHOLD๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2๋ฅผ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, the transmission controller 1016 V TX_COIL the V is less than or equal to THRESHOLD, if the first calculated power loss P LOSS # 1, and, V TX_COIL exceeds V THRESHOLD, the second calculation the power loss P LOSS # 2 can do.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1 ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2์„ ์†Œ์ • ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD์™€ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 1016 may compare the calculated first power loss P LOSS # 1 or the second power loss P LOSS # 2 with a predetermined power loss threshold P THRESHOLD to determine whether a foreign material is present.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด, ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.For example, when the first power loss P LOSS # 1 exceeds the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD , the transmission controller 1016 may determine that foreign matter is present in a state in which the transmitting and receiving coils are not aligned.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด, ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ , ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.If the first power loss P LOSS # 1 is less than or equal to the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD, the transmission controller 1016 may determine that the transmission / reception coils are not aligned and no foreign matter is present.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด, ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.When the second power loss P LOSS # 2 exceeds the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD , the transmission controller 1016 may determine that foreign matter is present in a state in which the transmitting and receiving coils are aligned.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด, ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.When the second power loss P LOSS # 2 is less than or equal to the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD, the transmission controller 1016 may determine that there is no foreign matter in the state in which the transmitting and receiving coils are aligned.

์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋ฉด ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋ฉด ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋ฅผ ์œ ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 1016 may enter the selection step 410 when it is determined that a foreign object exists, and may maintain the power transmission step 460 when it is determined that the foreign material does not exist.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ๊ฒ€์ถœ๋˜๋ฉด, ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•จ์„ ์ง€์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ์†Œ์ • ๊ฒฝ๊ณ  ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ƒ์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ , ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ์ถœ๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜๋‹จ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ํ•ด๋‹น ๊ฒฝ๊ณ  ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ถœ๋ ฅํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด, ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์•ก์ • ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด, ์ง„๋™ ๋ชจํ„ฐ, LED ๋žจํ”„, ๋น„ํผ(Beeper), ์Šคํ”ผ์ปค ๋“ฑ์˜ ์ถœ๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜๋‹จ์ด ๊ตฌ๋น„๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, when a foreign substance is detected, the transmission controller 1016 may generate a predetermined warning message indicating that the foreign substance is present in the charging area, and may output the corresponding warning message through the provided output means. To this end, the wireless power transmitter according to the embodiment may be provided with output means such as a liquid crystal display, a vibration motor, an LED lamp, a beeper, and a speaker.

์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์†ก์‹  ์ œ์–ด๊ธฐ(1016)๋Š” ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ์ถœ๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜๋‹จ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ๋ฅผ ํ‘œ์‹œํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The transmission controller 1016 according to the embodiment may display the alignment state of the transmission / reception coils through the provided output means.

์ด์ƒ์˜ ๋„ 10์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ ์‘์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ •ํ™•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์„ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์žฅ์ ์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.As described above with reference to FIG. 10, the wireless power transmitter according to the embodiment has an advantage of more accurately detecting foreign matters by adaptively calculating power loss according to the alignment state of the transmitting and receiving coils.

๋„ 11์€ ์ถฉ์ „ ์ค‘ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ฆ๊ฐ€ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ์ƒํ™ฉ์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.11 is a view for explaining various situations in which power loss increases during charging.

๋„ 11์˜ ๋„๋ฉด ๋ฒˆํ˜ธ 1110์€ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ƒํƒœ-์ดํ•˜ ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•œ โ€˜์ƒํ™ฉ 1โ€™์ด๋ผ ๋ช…ํ•จ-๋ฅผ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ค€๋‹ค.Reference numeral 1110 in FIG. 11 shows a state in which foreign substances are not disposed in a charging area in a state in which the transmitting and receiving coils are aligned-a business card referred to as 'situation 1' for convenience of description below.

๋„๋ฉด ๋ฒˆํ˜ธ 1120์€ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ƒํƒœ-์ดํ•˜ ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•œ โ€˜์ƒํ™ฉ 2โ€™๋ผ ๋ช…ํ•จ-๋ฅผ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ค€๋‹ค. ์ƒํ™ฉ 1๊ณผ ์ƒํ™ฉ 2๋ฅผ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ƒํ™ฉ 2๋Š” ์ƒํ™ฉ 1๊ณผ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ฆ๊ฐ€๋  ๋ฟ๋งŒ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์— ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ์ „์•• VTX_COIL์ด ์ฆ๊ฐ€๋œ๋‹ค.Drawing number 1120 shows a state in which the foreign material is not disposed in the charging area in a state in which the transmitting and receiving coils are not aligned-a business card called 'Situation 2' for convenience of explanation below. Comparing situation 1 and situation 2, situation 2 not only increases power loss compared to situation 1, but also increases the voltage V TX_COIL applied to the transmitting coil.

๋„๋ฉด ๋ฒˆํ˜ธ 1130์€ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ์ƒํƒœ-์ดํ•˜ ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•œ โ€˜์ƒํ™ฉ 3โ€™์ด๋ผ ๋ช…ํ•จ-๋ฅผ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ค€๋‹ค. ์ƒํ™ฉ 1๊ณผ ์ƒํ™ฉ 3์„ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ƒํ™ฉ 3์€ ์ƒํ™ฉ 1๊ณผ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์€ ์ฆ๊ฐ€๋˜๋‚˜ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์— ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ์ „์•• VTX_COIL์€ ์†Œ์ • ํ—ˆ์šฉ์น˜ ๋‚ด์—์„œ ์œ ์ง€๋œ๋‹ค.Drawing number 1130 shows a state in which the foreign material is disposed in the charging area in a state in which the transmitting and receiving coils are alignedโ€”hereinafter referred to as โ€œSituation 3โ€ for convenience of explanation. When situation 1 and situation 3 are compared, situation 3 has increased power loss compared to situation 1, but the voltage V TX_COIL applied to the transmitting coil is maintained within a predetermined tolerance.

๋„๋ฉด ๋ฒˆํ˜ธ 1140์€ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ๋ฐฐ์น˜๋œ ์ƒํƒœ-์ดํ•˜ ์„ค๋ช…์˜ ํŽธ์˜๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•œ โ€˜์ƒํ™ฉ 4โ€™๋ผ ๋ช…ํ•จ-๋ฅผ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ค€๋‹ค. ์ƒํ™ฉ 1๊ณผ ์ƒํ™ฉ 4์„ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ƒํ™ฉ 4์€ ์ƒํ™ฉ 1๊ณผ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ฆ๊ฐ€๋  ๋ฟ๋งŒ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์— ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ์ „์•• VTX_COIL๋„ ์ฆ๊ฐ€ํ•œ๋‹ค.Drawing number 1140 shows a state in which foreign substances are disposed in a charging area in a state in which the transmitting and receiving coils are not aligned-a business card called 'Situation 4' for convenience of description below. Comparing situation 1 and situation 4, situation 4 not only increases power loss compared to situation 1, but also increases the voltage V TX_COIL applied to the transmitting coil.

์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” VTX_COIL์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ๋ณด์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ๋ณด์ •๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmitter according to the embodiment may determine whether the transmission / reception coils are aligned based on V TX_COIL . When the transmission / reception coils are not aligned, the wireless power transmitter may correct power loss and determine whether a foreign object is present based on the corrected power loss.

์ด์ƒ์˜ ๋„ 11์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ ์‘์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ •ํ™•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์„ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์žฅ์ ์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.As described above with reference to FIG. 11, the wireless power transmitter according to the embodiment has an advantage in that foreign substances can be more accurately detected by adaptively calculating power loss according to the alignment state of the transmitting and receiving coils.

๋„ 12๋Š” ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€ ๋ฐ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์‚ฐ์ถœ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋ฅผ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ค€๋‹ค.12 shows exemplary power loss calculation results according to the presence or absence of foreign substances and the alignment state of the transmitting and receiving coils.

๋„๋ฉด ๋ฒˆํ˜ธ 1210์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜๊ณ , ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ์กฐ๊ฑด(์ƒํ™ฉ 1)์—์„œ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค๊ณผ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ , ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ์กฐ๊ฑด(์ƒํ™ฉ 2)์—์„œ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์€ 2.14๋กœ ๋™์ผํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Referring to Drawing No. 1210, the transmission / reception coils are aligned, and the power loss calculated in the condition where there is no foreign substance (situation 1) and the power calculated in the condition where the transmission / reception coil is not aligned and no foreign substance exists (situation 2) The loss can be equal to 2.14.

์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ƒํ™ฉ 1์— ๋Œ€์‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค๊ณผ ์ƒํ™ฉ 2์— ๋Œ€์‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ๋™์ผํ•ด์ง€๋„๋ก ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ƒํƒœ๋กœ ํ™•์ธ๋˜๋ฉด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ๋ณด์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmitter according to the embodiment may correct the power loss if the transmission / reception coils are identified in an unaligned state such that the power loss calculated in response to situation 1 and the power loss calculated in response to situation 2 are the same.

๋„๋ฉด ๋ฒˆํ˜ธ 1220์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜๊ณ , ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ์กฐ๊ฑด(์ƒํ™ฉ 3)์—์„œ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค๊ณผ ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ , ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ์กฐ๊ฑด(์ƒํ™ฉ 4)์—์„œ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์€ 2.5๋กœ ๋™์ผํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Referring to Drawing No. 1220, the transmission / reception coils are aligned, and the power loss calculated under the condition (situation 3) in which foreign matter exists and the transmission / reception coils are not aligned, and the power loss calculated in the condition (situation 4) in which foreign matter exists are 2.5 can be the same.

์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ƒํ™ฉ 3์— ๋Œ€์‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค๊ณผ ์ƒํ™ฉ 4์— ๋Œ€์‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ๋™์ผํ•ด์ง€๋„๋ก ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ƒํƒœ๋กœ ํ™•์ธ๋˜๋ฉด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ๋ณด์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmitter according to the embodiment may correct the power loss when the transmission / reception coils are identified in an unaligned state such that the power loss calculated in response to situation 3 and the power loss calculated in response to situation 4 are the same.

๋„ 12์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์ƒํ™ฉ 3 ๋ฐ ์ƒํ™ฉ 4์— ๋Œ€์‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ƒํ™ฉ 1 ๋ฐ ์ƒํ™ฉ 2์— ๋Œ€์‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค๋ณด๋‹ค ํฐ ๊ฒƒ์„ ์•Œ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As shown in FIG. 12, it can be seen that the power loss calculated in response to situations 3 and 4 is greater than the power loss calculated in response to situations 1 and 2.

์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จ์„ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋Š” ์ƒํ™ฉ 1 ๋‚ด์ง€ 2์— ๋Œ€์‘ํ•˜๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค๊ณผ ์ƒํ™ฉ 3 ๋‚ด์ง€ ์ƒํ™ฉ 4์— ๋Œ€์‘ํ•˜๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ํŠน์ • ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ์„ค์ •๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐํ•œ ๋„ 12์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋Š” 2.14์™€ 2.5 ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ์ค‘๊ฐ„ ๊ฐ’์ธ 2.32๋กœ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ์ด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€๋Š” ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค.The power loss threshold P THRESHOLD for determining the presence or absence of foreign matter according to an embodiment may be set to a specific value between power loss corresponding to situations 1 to 2 and power loss corresponding to situations 3 to 4. In the above-described embodiment of FIG. 12, the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD may be determined to be 2.32, which is an intermediate value between 2.14 and 2.5, but is not limited thereto.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS๋Š” ํ•˜๊ธฐ์˜ ์ˆ˜์‹ 1:For example, the power loss P LOSS is Equation 1:

Figure PCTKR2019010760-appb-I000002
<์ˆ˜์‹ 1>
Figure PCTKR2019010760-appb-I000002
<Equation 1>

์— ์˜ํ•ด ๋ณด์ •๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Can be corrected by

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, PTX ๋ฐ PRX๋Š” ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ธก์ •ํ•œ ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ๊ณผ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์ด๊ณ , Pb๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด 10mm์ด์ƒ ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์„ ๋•Œ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ธก์ •ํ•œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด๊ณ , Pa๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜๊ณ , ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์„ ๋•Œ ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ธก์ •ํ•œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด๊ณ , VTX-COIL์€ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์—์„œ ์ธก์ •ํ•œ ์ „์••์ด๊ณ , Vb๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด 10mm์ด์ƒ ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์„ ๋•Œ ์ธก์ •ํ•œ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์ด๊ณ , Va๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜๊ณ  ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์„ ๋•Œ ์ธก์ •ํ•œ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์ด๋‹ค.Where P TX and P RX is the measured transmit power and the received power, P b is the power loss measured in advance when the transmit / receive coil is not more than 10mm aligned and no foreign matter is present, P a is the transmit and receive coil is aligned, and no foreign matter is present Power loss measured in advance, V TX-COIL is the voltage measured at the transmit coil, V b is the transmit coil voltage measured when the transmit / receive coil is not aligned more than 10 mm and no foreign matter is present, and V a is the transmit / receive voltage. This is the transmission coil voltage measured when the coil is aligned and no foreign substance is present.

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ, ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS๋Š” ํ•˜๊ธฐ์˜ ์ˆ˜์‹ 2:In another example, power loss P LOSS is Equation 2:

Figure PCTKR2019010760-appb-I000003
<์ˆ˜์‹ 2>
Figure PCTKR2019010760-appb-I000003
<Equation 2>

์— ์˜ํ•ด ๋ณด์ •๋  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.It can also be corrected by.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, Pb๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด 10mm์ด์ƒ ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์„ ๋•Œ ์ธก์ •ํ•œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด๊ณ , Pa๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜๊ณ , ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์„ ๋•Œ ์ธก์ •ํ•œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด๋‹ค.Here, P b is the power loss measured when the transmitting / receiving coil is not aligned more than 10 mm and no foreign matter is present, and P a is the power loss measured when the transmitting / receiving coil is aligned and no foreign matter is present.

๋„ 13์€ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ˆœ์„œ๋„์ด๋‹ค.13 is a flowchart illustrating a method of detecting a foreign material in a wireless power transmitter according to an embodiment.

๋„ 13์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)์— ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜์—ฌ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• VTX_COIL์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1310).Referring to FIG. 13, the wireless power transmitter may enter the power transmission step 460 to measure the transmission coil voltage V TX_COIL (S1310).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ธก์ •๋œ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• VTX_COIL์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS๋ฅผ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1320). ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋„ 12์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ์ˆ˜์‹ 1 ๋˜๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹ 2์— ์˜ํ•ด ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wireless power transmitter measures the measured transmit coil voltage. Power loss P LOSS may be calculated based on V TX_COIL (S1320). Here, the power loss P LOSS may be calculated by Equation 1 or Equation 2 described in FIG. 12 above.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS๋ฅผ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD์™€ ๋น„๊ตํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1330).The wireless power transmitter may compare the calculated power loss P LOSS with the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD (S1330).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS๊ฐ€ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ํฌ๋ฉด ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1340 ๋‚ด์ง€ S1350).If the power loss P LOSS is greater than the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD, the wireless power transmitter may determine that a foreign substance exists in the charging area and enter the selection step 410 (S1340 to S1350).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS๊ฐ€ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด, ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋ฅผ ์œ ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1360).If the power loss P LOSS is less than or equal to the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD, the wireless power transmitter may determine that there is no foreign substance in the charging area and maintain the power transmission step 460 (S1360).

์ด์ƒ์˜ ๋„ 13์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)์— ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๋ฉด, ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ „์••์„ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ •ํ™•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์„ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์žฅ์ ์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.As described above with reference to FIG. 13, when the wireless power transmitter according to the embodiment enters the power transmission step 460, the power loss is considered in consideration of the voltage of the transmission coil, thereby more accurately detecting foreign matter. have.

๋„ 14๋Š” ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.14 is a view for explaining a method of detecting foreign substances in a wireless power transmitter according to another embodiment.

๋„ 14๋ฅผ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)์— ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1410).Referring to FIG. 14, the wireless power transmitter may enter the power transmission step 460 to calculate the first power loss P LOSS # 1 (S1410).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1์„ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD์™€ ๋น„๊ตํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1420).The wireless power transmitter may compare the calculated first power loss P LOSS # 1 with the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD (S1420).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด, ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋ฅผ ์œ ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1430).If the first power loss P LOSS # 1 is less than or equal to the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD, the wireless power transmitter may determine that there is no foreign substance in the charging area and maintain the power transmission step 460 (S1430).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ํฌ๋ฉด, ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• VTX_COIL์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1440).When the first power loss P LOSS # 1 is greater than the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD, the wireless power transmitter may measure the transmission coil voltage V TX_COIL (S1440).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• VTX_COIL๊ณผ ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ VTHRESHOLD๋ฅผ ๋น„๊ตํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1450).The wireless power transmitter may compare the transmission coil voltage V TX_COIL and the coil voltage threshold V THRESHOLD (S1450).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• VTX_COIL์ด ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ VTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด, ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1460).If the transmission coil voltage V TX_COIL is less than or equal to the coil voltage threshold V THRESHOLD, the wireless power transmitter may determine that a foreign substance exists in the charging area and enter the selection step 410 (S1460).

๋ฐ˜๋ฉด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• VTX_COIL์ด ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ VTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ํฌ๋ฉด, ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2๋ฅผ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1470). ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋„ 12์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ์ˆ˜์‹ 1 ๋˜๋Š” ์ˆ˜์‹ 2์— ์˜ํ•ด ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.On the other hand, the wireless power transmitter may calculate the second power loss P LOSS # 2 when the transmission coil voltage V TX_COIL is greater than the coil voltage threshold V THRESHOLD (S1470). Here, the second power loss P LOSS # 2 may be calculated by Equation 1 or Equation 2 described in FIG. 12 above.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2๊ณผ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD์„ ๋น„๊ตํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1480).The wireless power transmitter may compare the second power loss P LOSS # 2 with the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD (S1480).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋ฅผ ์œ ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1490).If the first power loss P LOSS # 1 is less than or equal to the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD, the wireless power transmitter may determine that no foreign material exists and maintain the power transmission step 460 (S1490).

๋ฐ˜๋ฉด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ํฌ๋ฉด, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1495).On the other hand, if the first power loss P LOSS # 1 is greater than the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD , the wireless power transmitter may determine that a foreign material exists and enter the selection step 410 (S1495).

์ด์ƒ์˜ ๋„ 14์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ ์‘์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ •ํ™•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์„ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์žฅ์ ์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.As described above with reference to FIG. 14, the wireless power transmitter according to the embodiment has an advantage in that foreign substances can be more accurately detected by adaptively calculating power loss according to the alignment state of the transmitting and receiving coils.

๋„ 15๋Š” ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ๊ฒ€์ถœ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.15 is a view for explaining a method of detecting a foreign object in a wireless power transmitter according to another embodiment.

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)์— ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜์—ฌ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• VTX_COIL์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1510).The wireless power transmitter may enter the power transmission step 460 to measure the transmission coil voltage V TX_COIL (S1510).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• VTX_COIL๊ณผ ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ VTHRESHOLD๋ฅผ ๋น„๊ตํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1520).The wireless power transmitter may compare the transmission coil voltage V TX_COIL and the coil voltage threshold V THRESHOLD (S1520).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• VTX_COIL์ด ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ VTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด, ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1530).The wireless power transmitter has a transmit coil voltage V TX_COIL If less than or equal to the coil voltage threshold V THRESHOLD , The first power loss P LOSS # 1 may be calculated (S1530).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1์„ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD์™€ ๋น„๊ตํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1540).The wireless power transmitter may compare the calculated first power loss P LOSS # 1 with the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD (S1540).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ํฌ๋ฉด, ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ƒํƒœ์ด๊ณ , ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1550).If the first power loss P LOSS # 1 is greater than the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD, the wireless power transmitter may determine that the transmitting / receiving coil is not aligned, and that there is a foreign substance in the charging area, and may enter the selection step 410. (S1550).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด, ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ƒํƒœ์ด๊ณ , ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋ฅผ ์œ ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1560).If the first power loss P LOSS # 1 is less than or equal to the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD, the wireless power transmitter determines that the transmitting / receiving coil is not aligned and there is no foreign matter in the charging area, and the power transmission step 460 is performed. It can be maintained (S1560).

์ƒ๊ธฐํ•œ 1520์˜ ๋น„๊ต ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ, ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• VTX_COIL์ด ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ VTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ํฌ๋ฉด, ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1570).As a result of comparison of 1520, the transmission coil voltage V TX_COIL is If the coil voltage threshold is greater than V THRESHOLD , The wireless power transmitter may calculate the second power loss P LOSS # 2 (S1570).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ํฌ๋ฉด, ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ์ด๊ณ , ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„(410)๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1590).When the second power loss P LOSS # 2 is greater than the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD, the wireless power transmitter may enter the selection step 410 by determining that the transmitting / receiving coil is in an aligned state and that foreign matter is present in the charging region ( S1590).

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ PTHRESHOLD๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด, ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ์ด๊ณ , ์ถฉ์ „ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋‹จ๊ณ„(460)๋ฅผ ์œ ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค(S1595).If the second power loss P LOSS # 2 is less than or equal to the power loss threshold P THRESHOLD, the wireless power transmitter maintains the power transmission step 460 by determining that the transmitting / receiving coil is aligned and that there is no foreign substance in the charging area. It can be (S1595).

์ด์ƒ์˜ ๋„ 15์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์†ก์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์ƒํƒœ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ ์‘์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#1 ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค PLOSS#2์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ, ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ •ํ™•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์„ ๊ฒ€์ถœํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์žฅ์ ์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.15, the wireless power transmitter according to the embodiment adaptively calculates the first power loss P LOSS # 1 or the second power loss P LOSS # 2 according to the alignment state of the transmitting and receiving coils, thereby more accurately It has the advantage of being able to detect foreign substances.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์€ ๋ฌด์„ ์œผ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹  ์žฅ์น˜์— ์ ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The present invention can be applied to a wireless power transmission device that transmits power wirelessly.

Claims (10)

๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„;Identifying a wireless power receiver; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์‹๋ณ„๋œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„;Transmitting power to the identified wireless power receiver; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์ค‘ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„;Determining whether a foreign object is present during the power transmission; ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ๊ณผ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„; ๋ฐDetermining whether the transmitting coil and the receiving coil are aligned based on the transmitting coil voltage; And ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ํŒ๋‹จ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์˜ ์ •๋ ฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ํŒ๋‹จ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„Determining whether to transmit power based on the determination result of whether the foreign substance is present and whether the transmission coil is aligned with the reception coil. ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.Wireless power transmission method of a wireless power transmitter comprising a. ์ œ1ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,According to claim 1, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์ค‘ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋Š”,The step of determining the presence of foreign matter during the power transmission, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์— ์ธ๊ฐ€๋˜๋Š” ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„;Measuring a transmission coil voltage applied to the transmission coil; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธก์ •๋œ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„;Calculating a power loss based on the measured transmit coil voltage; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋œ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜์™€ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„; ๋ฐComparing the calculated power loss with a power loss threshold; And ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋น„๊ต ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„Determining whether a foreign substance is present based on the comparison result ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.Wireless power transmission method of a wireless power transmitter comprising a. ์ œ2ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,According to claim 2, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋น„๊ต ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์ค‘๋‹จํ•œ ํ›„ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๊ณ , If it is determined that a foreign substance exists according to the comparison result, the power transmission is stopped and the selection step is entered, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋น„๊ต ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์œ ์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.If it is determined that the foreign material does not exist according to the comparison result, the wireless power transmission method of the wireless power transmitter maintaining the power transmission. ์ œ2ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,According to claim 2, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••๊ณผ ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜๋ฅผ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ๋” ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ ,And comparing the transmission coil voltage with a coil voltage threshold, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์•• ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™์œผ๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ์ด ์ •๋ ฌ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.If the transmitting coil voltage exceeds the coil voltage threshold, it is determined that the transmitting coil and the receiving coil are not aligned. If the transmitting coil voltage is less than or equal to the coil voltage threshold, the transmitting coil and the receiving coil are aligned. Wireless power transmission method of the wireless power transmitter is judged to be. ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„;Identifying a wireless power receiver; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์‹๋ณ„๋œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„;Transmitting power to the identified wireless power receiver; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์ค‘ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ๋ฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„; ๋ฐMeasuring a first power loss and a transmission coil voltage during the power transmission; And ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณด์ •๋œ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„ Calculating a corrected second power loss based on the first power loss and the transmission coil voltage. ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•Wireless power transmission method of a wireless power transmitter comprising a ์ œ5ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 5, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„ ๋” ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.And determining whether to transmit power based on the second power loss. ์ œ6ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 6, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์ค‘๋‹จํ•œ ํ›„ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๊ณ , When the second power loss exceeds the power loss threshold, it is determined that a foreign object exists, and the power transmission is stopped, and then the selection step is entered, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ ์ดํ•˜์ด๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์œ ์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.If the second power loss is less than or equal to the power loss threshold, the wireless power transmission method of the wireless power transmitter maintaining the power transmission by determining that the foreign material does not exist. ์ œ5ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 5, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์˜ ๊ณ ๋ ค ์—†์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์ฐจ์ด๋กœ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.The first power loss is a wireless power transmission method of the wireless power transmitter is calculated as the difference between the transmission power of the wireless power transmitter and the received power of the wireless power receiver without considering the transmission coil voltage. ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„;Identifying a wireless power receiver; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์‹๋ณ„๋œ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ „์†กํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„;Transmitting power to the identified wireless power receiver; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ์ค‘ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„;Measuring a first power loss during the power transmission; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ๊ธฐ์ค€ ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„;Measuring a transmission coil voltage when the first power loss exceeds a reference power; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์ด ๊ธฐ์ค€ ์ „์••์„ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ๋ณด์ •ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์„ ์‚ฐ์ถœํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„; ๋ฐCalculating a second power loss by correcting the first power loss when the transmission coil voltage exceeds a reference voltage; And ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์˜ ์กด์žฌ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹จ๊ณ„Determining whether a foreign object is present based on the second power loss ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.Wireless power transmission method of a wireless power transmitter comprising a. ์ œ9ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 9, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์˜ ๊ณ ๋ ค ์—†์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์†ก์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ˆ˜์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ˆ˜์‹  ์ „๋ ฅ์˜ ์ฐจ์ด๋กœ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋˜๊ณ , The first power loss is calculated as a difference between the transmission power of the wireless power transmitter and the reception power of the wireless power receiver without considering the transmission coil voltage, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์€ ์ ์–ด๋„ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์†ก์‹  ์ฝ”์ผ ์ „์••์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜์—ฌ ์‚ฐ์ถœ๋˜๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋ณด์ • ๊ฐ’์ด๊ณ ,The second power loss is calculated based on at least the transmission coil voltage and is a correction value for the first power loss, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ณผํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์ค‘๋‹จํ•œ ํ›„ ์„ ํƒ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ ์ง„์ž…ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์†์‹ค ์ž„๊ณ„์น˜ ์ดํ•˜์ด๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ด๋ฌผ์งˆ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก์„ ์œ ์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์†ก์‹ ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฌด์„  ์ „๋ ฅ ์ „์†ก ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•.ย If the second power loss exceeds the power loss threshold, it is determined that a foreign material exists, and then the power transmission is stopped and the selection step is entered. If the second power loss is less than or equal to the power loss threshold, the foreign material is present. The wireless power transmission method of the wireless power transmitter to maintain the power transmission by determining not to.
PCT/KR2019/010760 2018-10-22 2019-08-23 Wireless power transmission method and apparatus Ceased WO2020085631A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020180125876A KR20200045171A (en) 2018-10-22 2018-10-22 Method and Apparatus for Wireless Power Transmission
KR10-2018-0125876 2018-10-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020085631A1 true WO2020085631A1 (en) 2020-04-30

Family

ID=70330446

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2019/010760 Ceased WO2020085631A1 (en) 2018-10-22 2019-08-23 Wireless power transmission method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20200045171A (en)
WO (1) WO2020085631A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4184755A4 (en) * 2020-07-15 2024-08-21 LG Electronics, Inc. WIRELESS POWER TRANSMITTER AND WIRELESS POWER TRANSMISSION METHOD USING WIRELESS POWER TRANSMITTER
WO2025117763A1 (en) * 2023-11-30 2025-06-05 Microchip Technology Incorporated Displaced receiver detection in a wireless power system and related apparatuses, methods, and systems

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102161495B1 (en) 2020-04-23 2020-10-05 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ๊ทธ๋ฆฐํ”Œ๋Ÿฌ์Šค Simple movement selection clinic booth
WO2022203481A1 (en) * 2021-03-26 2022-09-29 ์—˜์ง€์ „์ž ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Method and device for utilizing coupling factor in wireless power transmission system
CN114123533B (en) * 2021-10-29 2025-01-24 ไผ่พพๅŠๅฏผไฝ“(ๅˆ่‚ฅ)่‚กไปฝๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Wireless power transmission system and control method thereof
WO2025211581A1 (en) * 2024-04-03 2025-10-09 ์‚ผ์„ฑ์ „์ž ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Wireless power transmission device and operation method therefor

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016108949A1 (en) * 2014-12-31 2016-07-07 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Adaptive control of wireless power transfer
KR101812444B1 (en) * 2017-04-04 2017-12-26 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ์—ํ”„์•„์ดํ‹ฐ๊ธ€๋กœ๋ฒŒ Wireless charging device for detection foreign object and method for detection foreign object of detection foreign object
KR20180027104A (en) * 2016-09-06 2018-03-14 ์—˜์ง€์ด๋…ธํ… ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Wireless Power Transmitter, and Method For Self-Calibration and Operation of Wireless Power Transmitter
KR20180038159A (en) * 2016-10-06 2018-04-16 ์‚ผ์„ฑ์ „์ž์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Electronic device and method for controlling wireless charging
US20180248408A1 (en) * 2015-11-19 2018-08-30 Apple Inc. Inductive power transmitter

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016108949A1 (en) * 2014-12-31 2016-07-07 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Adaptive control of wireless power transfer
US20180248408A1 (en) * 2015-11-19 2018-08-30 Apple Inc. Inductive power transmitter
KR20180027104A (en) * 2016-09-06 2018-03-14 ์—˜์ง€์ด๋…ธํ… ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Wireless Power Transmitter, and Method For Self-Calibration and Operation of Wireless Power Transmitter
KR20180038159A (en) * 2016-10-06 2018-04-16 ์‚ผ์„ฑ์ „์ž์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Electronic device and method for controlling wireless charging
KR101812444B1 (en) * 2017-04-04 2017-12-26 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ์—ํ”„์•„์ดํ‹ฐ๊ธ€๋กœ๋ฒŒ Wireless charging device for detection foreign object and method for detection foreign object of detection foreign object

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4184755A4 (en) * 2020-07-15 2024-08-21 LG Electronics, Inc. WIRELESS POWER TRANSMITTER AND WIRELESS POWER TRANSMISSION METHOD USING WIRELESS POWER TRANSMITTER
WO2025117763A1 (en) * 2023-11-30 2025-06-05 Microchip Technology Incorporated Displaced receiver detection in a wireless power system and related apparatuses, methods, and systems

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20200045171A (en) 2020-05-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020085631A1 (en) Wireless power transmission method and apparatus
WO2017217663A1 (en) Method for detecting foreign material, and apparatus and system therefor
WO2015080539A1 (en) Wireless power transfer method, apparatus and system
WO2016024700A1 (en) Wireless power transfer system and wireless charging system
WO2014200247A1 (en) Wireless power transfer method, wireless power transmitter and wireless charging system
WO2018105915A1 (en) Method for detecting foreign object and apparatus for same
WO2018004117A1 (en) Wireless power control method and device for wireless charging
WO2019031748A1 (en) Foreign object detecting method for wireless charging and device therefor
WO2018056633A1 (en) Wireless power transferring method and device therefor
WO2018080049A1 (en) Wireless charging coil of wireless power transmitter and receiver, and method for producing same
WO2018106072A1 (en) Foreign substance detection method for wireless charging and apparatus therefor
WO2015060570A1 (en) Wireless power transfer method, apparatus and system
WO2016006892A1 (en) Wireless power transfer method, apparatus and system
WO2015119458A1 (en) Wireless power transfer and receive method, apparatus and system
WO2018004120A1 (en) Foreign object detection method, and apparatus and system therefor
WO2017179874A1 (en) Wireless power transfer method and wireless power transfer device
WO2017018668A1 (en) Method and apparatus for identifying wireless power receiver
WO2018093099A1 (en) Wireless power transfer method and apparatus for same
WO2015002352A1 (en) Wireless power transmitter and wireless power transfer method thereof
WO2017003117A1 (en) Multi-mode wireless power transmission method and device for same
WO2017030354A1 (en) Wireless power transmitter and vehicle control unit connected thereto
WO2016182208A1 (en) Wireless power transmission method, wireless power reception method, and apparatus therefor
WO2016080594A1 (en) Wireless power transmission device, wireless power reception device, and wireless charging system
WO2019225806A1 (en) Wireless power transmission method and device
WO2018038531A1 (en) Method for detecting foreign material, and apparatus and system therefor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19876366

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205A DATED 04/10/2021)

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19876366

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1